1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 113 * on this channel. 114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 118 * restrictions. 119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 122 * not permitted using this channel 123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 124 * not permitted using this channel 125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 127 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 129 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 130 */ 131 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = BIT(14), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = BIT(15), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = BIT(16), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = BIT(17), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = BIT(18), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 158 }; 159 160 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 161 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 162 163 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 164 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 165 166 /** 167 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 168 * 169 * This structure describes a single channel for use 170 * with cfg80211. 171 * 172 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 173 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 174 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 175 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 176 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 177 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 178 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 179 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 180 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 181 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 182 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 183 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 184 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 185 * @orig_mag: internal use 186 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 187 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 188 * on this channel. 189 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 190 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 191 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 192 */ 193 struct ieee80211_channel { 194 enum nl80211_band band; 195 u32 center_freq; 196 u16 freq_offset; 197 u16 hw_value; 198 u32 flags; 199 int max_antenna_gain; 200 int max_power; 201 int max_reg_power; 202 bool beacon_found; 203 u32 orig_flags; 204 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 205 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 206 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 207 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 208 s8 psd; 209 }; 210 211 /** 212 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 213 * 214 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 215 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 216 * different bands/PHY modes. 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 219 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 220 * with CCK rates. 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 222 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 223 * core code when registering the wiphy. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 231 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 232 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 235 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 236 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 237 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 238 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 242 }; 243 244 /** 245 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 246 * 247 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 248 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 249 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 252 */ 253 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 254 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 255 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 256 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 259 }; 260 261 /** 262 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 263 * 264 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 265 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 266 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 267 */ 268 enum ieee80211_privacy { 269 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 270 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 271 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 272 }; 273 274 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 275 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 276 277 /** 278 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 279 * 280 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 281 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 282 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 283 * passed around. 284 * 285 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 286 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 287 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 288 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 289 * short preamble is used 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_rate { 292 u32 flags; 293 u16 bitrate; 294 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 295 }; 296 297 /** 298 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 299 * 300 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 301 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 302 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 303 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 304 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 305 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 306 * members of the SRG 307 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 308 * used by members of the SRG 309 */ 310 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 311 bool enable; 312 u8 sr_ctrl; 313 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 314 u8 min_offset; 315 u8 max_offset; 316 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 317 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 318 }; 319 320 /** 321 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 322 * 323 * @color: the current color. 324 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 325 * @partial: define the AID equation. 326 */ 327 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 328 u8 color; 329 bool enabled; 330 bool partial; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 335 * 336 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 337 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 338 * 339 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 340 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 341 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 342 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 343 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 344 */ 345 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 346 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 347 bool ht_supported; 348 u8 ampdu_factor; 349 u8 ampdu_density; 350 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 351 }; 352 353 /** 354 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 355 * 356 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 357 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 358 * 359 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 360 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 361 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 364 bool vht_supported; 365 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 366 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 367 }; 368 369 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 370 371 /** 372 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 373 * 374 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 375 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 376 * 377 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 378 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 379 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 380 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 383 bool has_he; 384 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 385 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 386 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 387 }; 388 389 /** 390 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 391 * 392 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 393 * and NSS Set field" 394 * 395 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 396 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 397 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 398 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 399 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 400 */ 401 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 402 union { 403 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 404 struct { 405 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 407 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 408 } __packed bw; 409 } __packed; 410 } __packed; 411 412 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 413 414 /** 415 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 416 * 417 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 418 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 419 * 420 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 421 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 422 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 423 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 424 */ 425 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 426 bool has_eht; 427 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 428 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 429 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 430 }; 431 432 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 433 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 434 /* 435 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 436 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 437 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 438 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 439 */ 440 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 441 #else 442 # define __iftd 443 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 444 445 /** 446 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 447 * 448 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 449 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 450 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 451 * 452 * @types_mask: interface types mask 453 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 454 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 455 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 456 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 457 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 458 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 459 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 460 */ 461 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 462 u16 types_mask; 463 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 464 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 465 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 466 struct { 467 const u8 *data; 468 unsigned int len; 469 } vendor_elems; 470 }; 471 472 /** 473 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 474 * 475 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 476 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 477 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 483 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 485 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 486 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 487 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 488 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 489 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 490 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 491 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 492 */ 493 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 494 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 495 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 496 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 506 }; 507 508 /** 509 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 510 * 511 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 512 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 515 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 516 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 517 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 518 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 519 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 520 */ 521 struct ieee80211_edmg { 522 u8 channels; 523 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 524 }; 525 526 /** 527 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 528 * 529 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 530 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 531 * 532 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 533 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 534 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 535 */ 536 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 537 bool s1g; 538 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 539 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 540 }; 541 542 /** 543 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 544 * 545 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 546 * is able to operate in. 547 * 548 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 549 * in this band. 550 * @band: the band this structure represents 551 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 552 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 553 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 554 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 555 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 556 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 557 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 558 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 559 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 560 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 561 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 562 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 563 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 564 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 565 * iftype_data). 566 */ 567 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 568 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 569 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 570 enum nl80211_band band; 571 int n_channels; 572 int n_bitrates; 573 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 574 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 575 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 576 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 577 u16 n_iftype_data; 578 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 579 }; 580 581 /** 582 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 583 * @sband: the sband to initialize 584 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 585 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 586 * 587 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 588 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 589 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 590 */ 591 static inline void 592 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 593 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 594 u16 n_iftd) 595 { 596 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 597 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 598 } 599 600 /** 601 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 602 * @sband: the sband to initialize 603 * @iftd: the iftype data array 604 */ 605 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 606 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 607 608 /** 609 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 610 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 611 * @i: iterator counter 612 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 613 */ 614 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 615 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 616 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 617 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 618 619 /** 620 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 621 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 622 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 623 * 624 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 625 */ 626 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 627 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 628 u8 iftype) 629 { 630 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 631 int i; 632 633 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 634 return NULL; 635 636 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 637 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 638 639 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 640 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 641 return data; 642 } 643 644 return NULL; 645 } 646 647 /** 648 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 649 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 650 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 651 * 652 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 653 */ 654 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 655 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 656 u8 iftype) 657 { 658 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 659 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 660 661 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 662 return &data->he_cap; 663 664 return NULL; 665 } 666 667 /** 668 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 669 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 670 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 671 * 672 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 673 */ 674 static inline __le16 675 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 676 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 677 { 678 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 679 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 680 681 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 682 return 0; 683 684 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 685 } 686 687 /** 688 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 689 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 690 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 691 * 692 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 693 */ 694 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 695 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 696 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 697 { 698 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 699 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 700 701 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 702 return &data->eht_cap; 703 704 return NULL; 705 } 706 707 /** 708 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 709 * 710 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 711 * 712 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 713 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 714 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 715 * 716 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 717 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 718 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 719 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 720 * without affecting other devices. 721 * 722 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 723 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 724 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 725 */ 726 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 727 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 728 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 729 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 730 { 731 } 732 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 733 734 735 /* 736 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 737 */ 738 739 /** 740 * DOC: Actions and configuration 741 * 742 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 743 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 744 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 745 * operations use are described separately. 746 * 747 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 748 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 749 * 750 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 751 * in a separate chapter. 752 */ 753 754 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 755 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 756 757 /** 758 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 759 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 760 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 761 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 762 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 763 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 764 * determine the address as needed. 765 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 766 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 767 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 768 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 769 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 770 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 771 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 772 */ 773 struct vif_params { 774 u32 flags; 775 int use_4addr; 776 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 777 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 778 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 779 }; 780 781 /** 782 * struct key_params - key information 783 * 784 * Information about a key 785 * 786 * @key: key material 787 * @key_len: length of key material 788 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 789 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 790 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 791 * length given by @seq_len. 792 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 793 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 794 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 795 */ 796 struct key_params { 797 const u8 *key; 798 const u8 *seq; 799 int key_len; 800 int seq_len; 801 u16 vlan_id; 802 u32 cipher; 803 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 804 }; 805 806 /** 807 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 808 * @chan: the (control) channel 809 * @width: channel width 810 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 811 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 812 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 813 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 814 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 815 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 816 * parameters are ignored. 817 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 818 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 819 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 820 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 823 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 824 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 825 u32 center_freq1; 826 u32 center_freq2; 827 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 828 u16 freq1_offset; 829 u16 punctured; 830 }; 831 832 /* 833 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 834 */ 835 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 836 struct { 837 u32 legacy; 838 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 839 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 840 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 841 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 842 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 843 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 844 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 845 }; 846 847 848 /** 849 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 850 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 851 * of the peer. 852 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 853 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 854 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 855 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 856 * @retry_long: retry count value 857 * @retry_short: retry count value 858 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 859 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 860 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 861 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 862 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 863 */ 864 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 865 bool config_override; 866 u8 tids; 867 u64 mask; 868 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 869 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 870 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 871 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 872 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 873 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 874 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 875 }; 876 877 /** 878 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 879 * @peer: Station's MAC address 880 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 881 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 882 */ 883 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 884 const u8 *peer; 885 u32 n_tid_conf; 886 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 887 }; 888 889 /** 890 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 891 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 892 * @kek: FILS KEK 893 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 894 * @snonce: STA Nonce 895 * @anonce: AP Nonce 896 */ 897 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 898 const u8 *macaddr; 899 const u8 *kek; 900 u8 kek_len; 901 const u8 *snonce; 902 const u8 *anonce; 903 }; 904 905 /** 906 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 907 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 908 * addresses. 909 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 910 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 911 */ 912 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 913 const u8 *macaddr; 914 bool enable; 915 }; 916 917 /** 918 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 919 * @chandef: the channel definition 920 * 921 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 922 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 923 */ 924 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 925 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 926 { 927 switch (chandef->width) { 928 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 929 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 930 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 931 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 932 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 933 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 934 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 935 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 936 default: 937 WARN_ON(1); 938 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 939 } 940 } 941 942 /** 943 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 944 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 945 * @channel: the control channel 946 * @chantype: the channel type 947 * 948 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 949 */ 950 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 951 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 952 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 953 954 /** 955 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 956 * @chandef1: first channel definition 957 * @chandef2: second channel definition 958 * 959 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 960 * identical, %false otherwise. 961 */ 962 static inline bool 963 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 964 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 965 { 966 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 967 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 968 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 969 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 970 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 971 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 972 } 973 974 /** 975 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 976 * 977 * @chandef: the channel definition 978 * 979 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 980 */ 981 static inline bool 982 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 983 { 984 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 985 } 986 987 /** 988 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 989 * @chandef1: first channel definition 990 * @chandef2: second channel definition 991 * 992 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 993 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 994 */ 995 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 996 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 997 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 998 999 /** 1000 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1001 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1002 * 1003 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1004 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1005 */ 1006 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1007 1008 /** 1009 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1010 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1011 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1012 */ 1013 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1014 1015 /** 1016 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1017 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1018 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1019 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1020 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1021 */ 1022 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1023 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1024 u32 prohibited_flags); 1025 1026 /** 1027 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1028 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1029 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1030 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1031 * Returns: 1032 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1033 */ 1034 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1035 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1036 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1037 1038 /** 1039 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1040 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1041 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1042 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1043 * 1044 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1045 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1046 */ 1047 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1048 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1049 1050 /** 1051 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1052 * channel definition 1053 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1054 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1055 * 1056 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1057 */ 1058 unsigned int 1059 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1060 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1061 1062 /** 1063 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1064 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1065 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1066 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1067 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1068 * 1069 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1070 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1071 */ 1072 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1073 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1074 u16 *punctured); 1075 1076 /** 1077 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1078 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1079 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1080 * 1081 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1082 **/ 1083 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1084 1085 /** 1086 * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width 1087 * @width: the channel width of the channel 1088 * 1089 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 1090 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 1091 * 1092 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width 1093 */ 1094 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1095 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width) 1096 { 1097 switch (width) { 1098 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1099 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 1100 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1101 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 1102 default: 1103 break; 1104 } 1105 return 0; 1106 } 1107 1108 /** 1109 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 1110 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1111 * 1112 * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(). 1113 * 1114 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 1115 */ 1116 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 1117 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1118 { 1119 return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width); 1120 } 1121 1122 /** 1123 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1124 * 1125 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1126 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1127 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1128 * 1129 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1130 * 1131 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1132 */ 1133 static inline int 1134 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1135 { 1136 switch (chandef->width) { 1137 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1138 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1139 chandef->chan->max_power); 1140 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1141 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1142 chandef->chan->max_power); 1143 default: 1144 break; 1145 } 1146 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1147 } 1148 1149 /** 1150 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1151 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1152 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1153 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1154 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1155 * 1156 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1157 */ 1158 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1159 unsigned long band_mask, 1160 u32 prohibited_flags); 1161 1162 /** 1163 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1164 * 1165 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1166 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1167 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1168 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1169 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1170 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1171 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1172 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1173 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1174 * 1175 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1176 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1177 */ 1178 enum survey_info_flags { 1179 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1180 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1181 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1182 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1183 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1184 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1185 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1186 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1187 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1188 }; 1189 1190 /** 1191 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1192 * 1193 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1194 * record to report global statistics 1195 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1196 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1197 * optional 1198 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1199 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1200 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1201 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1202 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1203 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1204 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1205 * 1206 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1207 * 1208 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1209 * channel duty cycle etc. 1210 */ 1211 struct survey_info { 1212 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1213 u64 time; 1214 u64 time_busy; 1215 u64 time_ext_busy; 1216 u64 time_rx; 1217 u64 time_tx; 1218 u64 time_scan; 1219 u64 time_bss_rx; 1220 u32 filled; 1221 s8 noise; 1222 }; 1223 1224 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1225 1226 /** 1227 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1228 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1229 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1230 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1231 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1232 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1233 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1234 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1235 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1236 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1237 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1238 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1239 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1240 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1241 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1242 * protocol frames. 1243 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1244 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1245 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1246 * port for mac80211 1247 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1248 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1249 * offload) 1250 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1251 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1252 * 1253 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1254 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1255 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1256 * such a scenario. 1257 * 1258 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1259 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1260 * 1261 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1262 * Allow hash-to-element only 1263 * 1264 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1265 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1266 */ 1267 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1268 u32 wpa_versions; 1269 u32 cipher_group; 1270 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1271 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1272 int n_akm_suites; 1273 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1274 bool control_port; 1275 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1276 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1277 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1278 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1279 const u8 *psk; 1280 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1281 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1282 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1283 }; 1284 1285 /** 1286 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1287 * 1288 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1289 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1290 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1291 */ 1292 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1293 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1294 u8 index; 1295 bool ema; 1296 }; 1297 1298 /** 1299 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1300 * 1301 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1302 * 1303 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1304 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1305 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1306 */ 1307 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1308 u8 cnt; 1309 struct { 1310 const u8 *data; 1311 size_t len; 1312 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1313 }; 1314 1315 /** 1316 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1317 * 1318 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1319 * 1320 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1321 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1322 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1323 */ 1324 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1325 u8 cnt; 1326 struct { 1327 const u8 *data; 1328 size_t len; 1329 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1330 }; 1331 1332 /** 1333 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1334 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1335 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1336 * or %NULL if not changed 1337 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1338 * or %NULL if not changed 1339 * @head_len: length of @head 1340 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1341 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1342 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1343 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1344 * frames or %NULL 1345 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1346 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1347 * Response frames or %NULL 1348 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1349 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1350 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1351 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1352 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1353 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1354 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1355 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1356 * (measurement type 8) 1357 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1358 * Token (measurement type 11) 1359 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1360 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1361 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1362 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1363 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1364 */ 1365 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1366 unsigned int link_id; 1367 1368 const u8 *head, *tail; 1369 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1370 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1371 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1372 const u8 *probe_resp; 1373 const u8 *lci; 1374 const u8 *civicloc; 1375 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1376 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1377 s8 ftm_responder; 1378 1379 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1380 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1381 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1382 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1383 size_t probe_resp_len; 1384 size_t lci_len; 1385 size_t civicloc_len; 1386 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1387 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1388 }; 1389 1390 struct mac_address { 1391 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1392 }; 1393 1394 /** 1395 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1396 * 1397 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1398 * entry specified by mac_addr 1399 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1400 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1401 */ 1402 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1403 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1404 int n_acl_entries; 1405 1406 /* Keep it last */ 1407 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1408 }; 1409 1410 /** 1411 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1412 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1413 * 1414 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1415 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1416 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1417 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1418 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1419 * frame headers. 1420 */ 1421 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1422 bool update; 1423 u32 min_interval; 1424 u32 max_interval; 1425 size_t tmpl_len; 1426 const u8 *tmpl; 1427 }; 1428 1429 /** 1430 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1431 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1432 * 1433 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1434 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1435 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1436 * scanning 1437 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1438 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1439 */ 1440 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1441 bool update; 1442 u32 interval; 1443 size_t tmpl_len; 1444 const u8 *tmpl; 1445 }; 1446 1447 /** 1448 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1449 * 1450 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1451 * 1452 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1453 * @beacon: beacon data 1454 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1455 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1456 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1457 * user space) 1458 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1459 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1460 * @crypto: crypto settings 1461 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1462 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1463 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1464 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1465 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1466 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1467 * MAC address based access control 1468 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1469 * networks. 1470 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1471 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1472 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1473 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1474 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1475 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1476 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1477 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1478 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1479 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1480 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1481 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1482 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1483 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1484 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1485 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1486 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1487 */ 1488 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1489 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1490 1491 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1492 1493 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1494 const u8 *ssid; 1495 size_t ssid_len; 1496 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1497 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1498 bool privacy; 1499 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1500 int inactivity_timeout; 1501 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1502 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1503 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1504 bool pbss; 1505 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1506 1507 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1508 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1509 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1510 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1511 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1512 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1513 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1514 bool twt_responder; 1515 u32 flags; 1516 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1517 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1518 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1519 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1520 }; 1521 1522 1523 /** 1524 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1525 * 1526 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1527 * 1528 * @beacon: beacon data 1529 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1530 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1531 */ 1532 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1533 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1534 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1535 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1536 }; 1537 1538 /** 1539 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1540 * 1541 * Used for channel switch 1542 * 1543 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1544 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1545 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1546 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1547 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1548 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1549 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1550 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1551 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1552 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1553 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1554 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1555 */ 1556 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1557 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1558 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1559 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1560 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1561 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1562 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1563 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1564 bool radar_required; 1565 bool block_tx; 1566 u8 count; 1567 u8 link_id; 1568 }; 1569 1570 /** 1571 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1572 * 1573 * Used for bss color change 1574 * 1575 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1576 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1577 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1578 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1579 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1580 * @color: the color used after the change 1581 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1582 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1583 */ 1584 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1585 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1586 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1587 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1588 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1589 u8 count; 1590 u8 color; 1591 u8 link_id; 1592 }; 1593 1594 /** 1595 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1596 * 1597 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1598 * 1599 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1600 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1601 * to use for verification 1602 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1603 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1604 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1605 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1606 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1607 * nl80211_iftype. 1608 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1609 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1610 * the verification 1611 */ 1612 struct iface_combination_params { 1613 int radio_idx; 1614 int num_different_channels; 1615 u8 radar_detect; 1616 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1617 u32 new_beacon_int; 1618 }; 1619 1620 /** 1621 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1622 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1623 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1624 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1625 * 1626 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1627 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1628 */ 1629 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1630 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1631 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1632 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1633 }; 1634 1635 /** 1636 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1637 * 1638 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1639 * 1640 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1641 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1642 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1643 * power per-interface or per-station. 1644 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1645 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1646 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1647 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1648 * per peer TPC. 1649 */ 1650 struct sta_txpwr { 1651 s16 power; 1652 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1653 }; 1654 1655 /** 1656 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1657 * 1658 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1659 * 1660 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1661 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1662 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1663 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1664 * (or NULL for no change) 1665 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1666 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1667 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1668 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1669 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1670 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1671 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1672 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1673 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1674 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1675 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1676 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1677 */ 1678 struct link_station_parameters { 1679 const u8 *mld_mac; 1680 int link_id; 1681 const u8 *link_mac; 1682 const u8 *supported_rates; 1683 u8 supported_rates_len; 1684 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1685 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1686 u8 opmode_notif; 1687 bool opmode_notif_used; 1688 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1689 u8 he_capa_len; 1690 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1691 bool txpwr_set; 1692 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1693 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1694 u8 eht_capa_len; 1695 }; 1696 1697 /** 1698 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1699 * 1700 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1701 * 1702 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1703 * @link_id: the link id 1704 */ 1705 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1706 const u8 *mld_mac; 1707 u32 link_id; 1708 }; 1709 1710 /** 1711 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1712 * 1713 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1714 * 1715 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1716 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1717 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1718 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1719 */ 1720 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1721 u16 dlink[8]; 1722 u16 ulink[8]; 1723 }; 1724 1725 /** 1726 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1727 * 1728 * Used to change and create a new station. 1729 * 1730 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1731 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1732 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1733 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1734 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1735 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1736 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1737 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1738 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1739 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1740 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1741 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1742 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1743 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1744 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1745 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1746 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1747 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1748 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1749 * to unknown) 1750 * @capability: station capability 1751 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1752 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1753 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1754 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1755 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1756 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1757 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1758 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1759 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1760 */ 1761 struct station_parameters { 1762 struct net_device *vlan; 1763 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1764 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1765 int listen_interval; 1766 u16 aid; 1767 u16 vlan_id; 1768 u16 peer_aid; 1769 u8 plink_action; 1770 u8 plink_state; 1771 u8 uapsd_queues; 1772 u8 max_sp; 1773 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1774 u16 capability; 1775 const u8 *ext_capab; 1776 u8 ext_capab_len; 1777 const u8 *supported_channels; 1778 u8 supported_channels_len; 1779 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1780 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1781 int support_p2p_ps; 1782 u16 airtime_weight; 1783 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1784 }; 1785 1786 /** 1787 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1788 * 1789 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1790 * 1791 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1792 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1793 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1794 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1795 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1796 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1797 * remove all stations. 1798 */ 1799 struct station_del_parameters { 1800 const u8 *mac; 1801 u8 subtype; 1802 u16 reason_code; 1803 int link_id; 1804 }; 1805 1806 /** 1807 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1808 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1809 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1810 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1811 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1812 * the AP MLME in the device 1813 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1814 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1815 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1816 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1817 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1818 * supported/used) 1819 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1820 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1821 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1822 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1823 */ 1824 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1825 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1826 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1827 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1828 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1829 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1830 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1831 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1832 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1833 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1834 }; 1835 1836 /** 1837 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1838 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1839 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1840 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1841 * 1842 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1843 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1844 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1845 * 1846 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1847 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1848 * use them before calling this. 1849 */ 1850 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1851 struct station_parameters *params, 1852 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1853 1854 /** 1855 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1856 * 1857 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1858 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1859 * 1860 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1861 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1862 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1863 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1864 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1865 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1866 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1867 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1868 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1869 */ 1870 enum rate_info_flags { 1871 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1872 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1873 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1874 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1875 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1876 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1877 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1878 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1879 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1880 }; 1881 1882 /** 1883 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1884 * 1885 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1886 * 1887 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1888 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1889 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1890 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1891 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1892 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1893 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1894 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1895 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1896 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1897 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1898 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1899 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1900 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1901 */ 1902 enum rate_info_bw { 1903 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1904 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1905 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1906 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1907 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1908 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1909 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1910 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1911 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1912 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1913 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1914 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1915 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1916 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1917 }; 1918 1919 /** 1920 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1921 * 1922 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1923 * 1924 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1925 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1926 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1927 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1928 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1929 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1930 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1931 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1932 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1933 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1934 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1935 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1936 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1937 */ 1938 struct rate_info { 1939 u16 flags; 1940 u16 legacy; 1941 u8 mcs; 1942 u8 nss; 1943 u8 bw; 1944 u8 he_gi; 1945 u8 he_dcm; 1946 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1947 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1948 u8 eht_gi; 1949 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1950 }; 1951 1952 /** 1953 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1954 * 1955 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1956 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1957 * 1958 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1959 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1960 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1961 */ 1962 enum bss_param_flags { 1963 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1964 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1965 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1966 }; 1967 1968 /** 1969 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1970 * 1971 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1972 * 1973 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1974 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1975 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1976 */ 1977 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1978 u8 flags; 1979 u8 dtim_period; 1980 u16 beacon_interval; 1981 }; 1982 1983 /** 1984 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1985 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1986 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1987 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1988 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1989 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1990 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1991 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1992 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1993 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1994 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1995 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1996 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1997 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1998 */ 1999 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2000 u32 filled; 2001 u32 backlog_bytes; 2002 u32 backlog_packets; 2003 u32 flows; 2004 u32 drops; 2005 u32 ecn_marks; 2006 u32 overlimit; 2007 u32 overmemory; 2008 u32 collisions; 2009 u32 tx_bytes; 2010 u32 tx_packets; 2011 u32 max_flows; 2012 }; 2013 2014 /** 2015 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2016 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2017 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2018 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2019 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2020 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2021 * transmitted MSDUs 2022 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2023 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2024 */ 2025 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2026 u32 filled; 2027 u64 rx_msdu; 2028 u64 tx_msdu; 2029 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2030 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2031 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2032 }; 2033 2034 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2035 2036 /** 2037 * struct station_info - station information 2038 * 2039 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2040 * 2041 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2042 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2043 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2044 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2045 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2046 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2047 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2048 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2049 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2050 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2051 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2052 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2053 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2054 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2055 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2056 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2057 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2058 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2059 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2060 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2061 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2062 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2063 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2064 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2065 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2066 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2067 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2068 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2069 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2070 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2071 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2072 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2073 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2074 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2075 * @llid: mesh local link id 2076 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2077 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2078 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2079 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2080 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2081 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2082 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2083 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2084 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2085 * towards this station. 2086 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2087 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2088 * from this peer 2089 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2090 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2091 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2092 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2093 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2094 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2095 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2096 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2097 * been sent. 2098 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2099 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2100 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2101 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2102 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2103 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2104 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2105 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2106 * dump_station() callbacks. 2107 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2108 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2109 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2110 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2111 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2112 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2113 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2114 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2115 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2116 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2117 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2118 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2119 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2120 */ 2121 struct station_info { 2122 u64 filled; 2123 u32 connected_time; 2124 u32 inactive_time; 2125 u64 assoc_at; 2126 u64 rx_bytes; 2127 u64 tx_bytes; 2128 s8 signal; 2129 s8 signal_avg; 2130 2131 u8 chains; 2132 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2133 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2134 2135 struct rate_info txrate; 2136 struct rate_info rxrate; 2137 u32 rx_packets; 2138 u32 tx_packets; 2139 u32 tx_retries; 2140 u32 tx_failed; 2141 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2142 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2143 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2144 2145 int generation; 2146 2147 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2148 2149 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2150 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2151 2152 s64 t_offset; 2153 u16 llid; 2154 u16 plid; 2155 u8 plink_state; 2156 u8 connected_to_gate; 2157 u8 connected_to_as; 2158 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2159 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2160 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2161 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2162 2163 u32 expected_throughput; 2164 2165 u16 airtime_weight; 2166 2167 s8 ack_signal; 2168 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2169 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2170 2171 u64 tx_duration; 2172 u64 rx_duration; 2173 u64 rx_beacon; 2174 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2175 2176 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2177 u32 fcs_err_count; 2178 2179 bool mlo_params_valid; 2180 u8 assoc_link_id; 2181 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2182 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2183 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2184 }; 2185 2186 /** 2187 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2188 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2189 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2190 */ 2191 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2192 s32 power; 2193 u32 freq_range_index; 2194 }; 2195 2196 /** 2197 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2198 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2199 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2200 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2201 */ 2202 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2203 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2204 u32 num_sub_specs; 2205 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2206 }; 2207 2208 2209 /** 2210 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2211 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2212 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2213 */ 2214 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2215 u32 start_freq; 2216 u32 end_freq; 2217 }; 2218 2219 /** 2220 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2221 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2222 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2223 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2224 * 2225 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2226 * range to small ones and then append them. 2227 */ 2228 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2229 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2230 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2231 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2232 }; 2233 2234 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2235 /** 2236 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2237 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2238 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2239 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2240 * 2241 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2242 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2243 * considered undefined. 2244 */ 2245 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2246 struct station_info *sinfo); 2247 #else 2248 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2249 const u8 *mac_addr, 2250 struct station_info *sinfo) 2251 { 2252 return -ENOENT; 2253 } 2254 #endif 2255 2256 /** 2257 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2258 * 2259 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2260 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2261 * 2262 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2263 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2264 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2265 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2266 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2267 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2268 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2269 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2270 */ 2271 enum monitor_flags { 2272 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2273 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2274 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2275 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2276 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2277 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2278 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2279 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2280 }; 2281 2282 /** 2283 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2284 * 2285 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2286 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2287 * 2288 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2289 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2290 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2291 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2292 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2293 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2294 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2295 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2296 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2297 */ 2298 enum mpath_info_flags { 2299 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2300 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2301 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2302 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2303 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2304 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2305 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2306 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2307 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2308 }; 2309 2310 /** 2311 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2312 * 2313 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2314 * 2315 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2316 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2317 * @sn: target sequence number 2318 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2319 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2320 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2321 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2322 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2323 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2324 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2325 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2326 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2327 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2328 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2329 */ 2330 struct mpath_info { 2331 u32 filled; 2332 u32 frame_qlen; 2333 u32 sn; 2334 u32 metric; 2335 u32 exptime; 2336 u32 discovery_timeout; 2337 u8 discovery_retries; 2338 u8 flags; 2339 u8 hop_count; 2340 u32 path_change_count; 2341 2342 int generation; 2343 }; 2344 2345 /** 2346 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2347 * 2348 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2349 * 2350 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2351 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2352 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2353 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2354 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2355 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2356 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2357 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2358 * (or NULL for no change) 2359 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2360 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2361 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2362 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2363 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2364 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2365 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2366 */ 2367 struct bss_parameters { 2368 int link_id; 2369 int use_cts_prot; 2370 int use_short_preamble; 2371 int use_short_slot_time; 2372 const u8 *basic_rates; 2373 u8 basic_rates_len; 2374 int ap_isolate; 2375 int ht_opmode; 2376 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2377 }; 2378 2379 /** 2380 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2381 * 2382 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2383 * 2384 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2385 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2386 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2387 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2388 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2389 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2390 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2391 * mesh interface 2392 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2393 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2394 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2395 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2396 * elements 2397 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2398 * detect compatible mesh peers 2399 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2400 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2401 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2402 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2403 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2404 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2405 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2406 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2407 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2408 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2409 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2410 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2411 * element 2412 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2413 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2414 * element 2415 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2416 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2417 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2418 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2419 * announcements are transmitted 2420 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2421 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2422 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2423 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2424 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2425 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2426 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2427 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2428 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2429 * station to establish a peer link 2430 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2431 * 2432 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2433 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2434 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2435 * 2436 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2437 * PREQs are transmitted. 2438 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2439 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2440 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2441 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2442 * setting for new peer links. 2443 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2444 * after transmitting its beacon. 2445 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2446 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2447 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2448 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2449 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2450 * in the mesh formation field. 2451 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2452 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2453 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2454 * in the mesh path table 2455 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2456 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2457 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2458 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2459 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2460 */ 2461 struct mesh_config { 2462 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2463 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2464 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2465 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2466 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2467 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2468 u8 element_ttl; 2469 bool auto_open_plinks; 2470 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2471 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2472 u32 path_refresh_time; 2473 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2474 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2475 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2476 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2477 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2478 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2479 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2480 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2481 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2482 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2483 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2484 s32 rssi_threshold; 2485 u16 ht_opmode; 2486 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2487 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2488 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2489 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2490 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2491 u32 plink_timeout; 2492 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2493 }; 2494 2495 /** 2496 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2497 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2498 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2499 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2500 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2501 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2502 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2503 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2504 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2505 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2506 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2507 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2508 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2509 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2510 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2511 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2512 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2513 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2514 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2515 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2516 * to operate on DFS channels. 2517 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2518 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2519 * 2520 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2521 */ 2522 struct mesh_setup { 2523 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2524 const u8 *mesh_id; 2525 u8 mesh_id_len; 2526 u8 sync_method; 2527 u8 path_sel_proto; 2528 u8 path_metric; 2529 u8 auth_id; 2530 const u8 *ie; 2531 u8 ie_len; 2532 bool is_authenticated; 2533 bool is_secure; 2534 bool user_mpm; 2535 u8 dtim_period; 2536 u16 beacon_interval; 2537 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2538 u32 basic_rates; 2539 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2540 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2541 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2542 }; 2543 2544 /** 2545 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2546 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2547 * 2548 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2549 */ 2550 struct ocb_setup { 2551 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2552 }; 2553 2554 /** 2555 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2556 * @ac: AC identifier 2557 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2558 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2559 * 1..32767] 2560 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2561 * 1..32767] 2562 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2563 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2564 */ 2565 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2566 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2567 u16 txop; 2568 u16 cwmin; 2569 u16 cwmax; 2570 u8 aifs; 2571 int link_id; 2572 }; 2573 2574 /** 2575 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2576 * 2577 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2578 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2579 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2580 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2581 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2582 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2583 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2584 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2585 * in the wiphy structure. 2586 * 2587 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2588 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2589 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2590 * 2591 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2592 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2593 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2594 * to userspace. 2595 */ 2596 2597 /** 2598 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2599 * @ssid: the SSID 2600 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2601 */ 2602 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2603 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2604 u8 ssid_len; 2605 }; 2606 2607 /** 2608 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2609 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2610 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2611 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2612 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2613 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2614 * userspace will be notified of that 2615 */ 2616 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2617 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2618 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2619 bool aborted; 2620 }; 2621 2622 /** 2623 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2624 * 2625 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2626 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2627 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2628 * which the above info is relevant to 2629 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2630 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2631 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2632 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2633 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2634 */ 2635 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2636 u32 short_ssid; 2637 u32 channel_idx; 2638 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2639 bool unsolicited_probe; 2640 bool short_ssid_valid; 2641 bool psc_no_listen; 2642 s8 psd_20; 2643 }; 2644 2645 /** 2646 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2647 * 2648 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2649 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2650 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2651 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2652 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2653 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2654 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2655 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2656 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2657 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2658 * %duration field. 2659 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2660 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2661 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2662 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2663 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2664 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2665 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2666 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2667 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2668 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2669 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2670 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2671 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2672 * true if this is the second scan request 2673 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2674 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2675 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2676 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2677 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2678 */ 2679 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2680 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2681 int n_ssids; 2682 u32 n_channels; 2683 const u8 *ie; 2684 size_t ie_len; 2685 u16 duration; 2686 bool duration_mandatory; 2687 u32 flags; 2688 2689 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2690 2691 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2692 2693 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2694 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2695 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2696 2697 /* internal */ 2698 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2699 unsigned long scan_start; 2700 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2701 bool notified; 2702 bool no_cck; 2703 bool scan_6ghz; 2704 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2705 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2706 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2707 2708 /* keep last */ 2709 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2710 }; 2711 2712 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2713 { 2714 int i; 2715 2716 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2717 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2718 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2719 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2720 } 2721 } 2722 2723 /** 2724 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2725 * 2726 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2727 * or no match (RSSI only) 2728 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2729 * or no match (RSSI only) 2730 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2731 */ 2732 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2733 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2734 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2735 s32 rssi_thold; 2736 }; 2737 2738 /** 2739 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2740 * 2741 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2742 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2743 * infinite loop. 2744 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2745 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2746 */ 2747 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2748 u32 interval; 2749 u32 iterations; 2750 }; 2751 2752 /** 2753 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2754 * 2755 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2756 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2757 */ 2758 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2759 enum nl80211_band band; 2760 s8 delta; 2761 }; 2762 2763 /** 2764 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2765 * 2766 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2767 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2768 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2769 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2770 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2771 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2772 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2773 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2774 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2775 * (others are filtered out). 2776 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2777 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2778 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2779 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2780 * @dev: the interface 2781 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2782 * @channels: channels to scan 2783 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2784 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2785 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2786 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2787 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2788 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2789 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2790 * index must be executed first. 2791 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2792 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2793 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2794 * owned by a particular socket) 2795 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2796 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2797 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2798 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2799 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2800 * supported. 2801 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2802 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2803 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2804 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2805 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2806 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2807 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2808 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2809 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2810 * comparisons. 2811 */ 2812 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2813 u64 reqid; 2814 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2815 int n_ssids; 2816 u32 n_channels; 2817 const u8 *ie; 2818 size_t ie_len; 2819 u32 flags; 2820 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2821 int n_match_sets; 2822 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2823 u32 delay; 2824 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2825 int n_scan_plans; 2826 2827 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2828 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2829 2830 bool relative_rssi_set; 2831 s8 relative_rssi; 2832 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2833 2834 /* internal */ 2835 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2836 struct net_device *dev; 2837 unsigned long scan_start; 2838 bool report_results; 2839 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2840 u32 owner_nlportid; 2841 bool nl_owner_dead; 2842 struct list_head list; 2843 2844 /* keep last */ 2845 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2846 }; 2847 2848 /** 2849 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2850 * 2851 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2852 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2853 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2854 */ 2855 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2856 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2857 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2858 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2859 }; 2860 2861 /** 2862 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2863 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2864 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2865 * signal type 2866 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2867 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2868 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2869 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2870 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2871 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2872 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2873 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2874 * by %parent_bssid. 2875 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2876 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2877 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2878 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2879 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 2880 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 2881 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2882 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2883 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2884 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2885 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2886 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2887 */ 2888 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2889 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2890 s32 signal; 2891 u64 boottime_ns; 2892 u64 parent_tsf; 2893 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2894 u8 chains; 2895 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2896 2897 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 2898 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2899 2900 void *drv_data; 2901 }; 2902 2903 /** 2904 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2905 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2906 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2907 * @len: length of the IEs 2908 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2909 * @data: IE data 2910 */ 2911 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2912 u64 tsf; 2913 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2914 int len; 2915 bool from_beacon; 2916 u8 data[]; 2917 }; 2918 2919 /** 2920 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2921 * 2922 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2923 * for use in scan results and similar. 2924 * 2925 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2926 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2927 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2928 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2929 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2930 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2931 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2932 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2933 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2934 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2935 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2936 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2937 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2938 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 2939 * cannot rely on it having valid data 2940 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2941 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2942 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2943 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2944 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2945 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2946 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2947 * (multi-BSSID support) 2948 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2949 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 2950 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2951 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2952 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2953 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2954 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2955 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2956 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2957 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2958 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2959 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2960 */ 2961 struct cfg80211_bss { 2962 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2963 2964 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2965 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2966 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2967 2968 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2969 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2970 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2971 2972 s32 signal; 2973 2974 u64 ts_boottime; 2975 2976 u16 beacon_interval; 2977 u16 capability; 2978 2979 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2980 u8 chains; 2981 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2982 2983 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 2984 2985 u8 bssid_index; 2986 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2987 2988 u8 use_for; 2989 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2990 2991 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2992 }; 2993 2994 /** 2995 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2996 * @bss: the bss to search 2997 * @id: the element ID 2998 * 2999 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3000 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3001 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3002 */ 3003 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3004 3005 /** 3006 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3007 * @bss: the bss to search 3008 * @id: the element ID 3009 * 3010 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3011 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3012 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3013 */ 3014 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3015 { 3016 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3017 } 3018 3019 3020 /** 3021 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3022 * 3023 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3024 * authentication. 3025 * 3026 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3027 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3028 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3029 * supported by the station. 3030 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3031 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3032 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3033 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3034 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3035 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3036 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3037 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3038 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3039 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3040 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3041 * transaction sequence number field. 3042 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3043 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3044 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3045 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3046 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3047 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3048 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3049 */ 3050 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3051 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3052 const u8 *ie; 3053 size_t ie_len; 3054 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3055 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3056 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3057 const u8 *key; 3058 u8 key_len; 3059 s8 key_idx; 3060 const u8 *auth_data; 3061 size_t auth_data_len; 3062 s8 link_id; 3063 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3064 }; 3065 3066 /** 3067 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3068 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3069 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3070 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3071 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3072 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3073 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3074 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3075 * operation as a whole must fail. 3076 */ 3077 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3078 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3079 const u8 *elems; 3080 size_t elems_len; 3081 bool disabled; 3082 int error; 3083 }; 3084 3085 /** 3086 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3087 * 3088 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3089 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3090 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3091 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3092 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3093 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3094 * request (connect callback). 3095 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3096 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3097 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3098 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3099 * flag is not set. 3100 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3101 */ 3102 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3103 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3104 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3105 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3106 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3107 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3108 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3109 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3110 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3111 }; 3112 3113 /** 3114 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3115 * 3116 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3117 * (re)association. 3118 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3119 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3120 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3121 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3122 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3123 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3124 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3125 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3126 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3127 * @crypto: crypto settings 3128 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3129 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3130 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3131 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3132 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3133 * frame. 3134 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3135 * @supported_selectors: supported selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3136 * (or %NULL for no change). 3137 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3138 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3139 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3140 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3141 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3142 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3143 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3144 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3145 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3146 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3147 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3148 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3149 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3150 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3151 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3152 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3153 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3154 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3155 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3156 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3157 */ 3158 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3159 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3160 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3161 size_t ie_len; 3162 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3163 bool use_mfp; 3164 u32 flags; 3165 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3166 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3167 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3168 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3169 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3170 const u8 *fils_kek; 3171 size_t fils_kek_len; 3172 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3173 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3174 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3175 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3176 s8 link_id; 3177 }; 3178 3179 /** 3180 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3181 * 3182 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3183 * deauthentication. 3184 * 3185 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3186 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3187 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3188 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3189 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3190 * do not set a deauth frame 3191 */ 3192 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3193 const u8 *bssid; 3194 const u8 *ie; 3195 size_t ie_len; 3196 u16 reason_code; 3197 bool local_state_change; 3198 }; 3199 3200 /** 3201 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3202 * 3203 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3204 * disassociation. 3205 * 3206 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3207 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3208 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3209 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3210 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3211 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3212 */ 3213 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3214 const u8 *ap_addr; 3215 const u8 *ie; 3216 size_t ie_len; 3217 u16 reason_code; 3218 bool local_state_change; 3219 }; 3220 3221 /** 3222 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3223 * 3224 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3225 * method. 3226 * 3227 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3228 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3229 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3230 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3231 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3232 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3233 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3234 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3235 * @ie_len: length of that 3236 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3237 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3238 * after joining 3239 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3240 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3241 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3242 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3243 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3244 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3245 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3246 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3247 * to operate on DFS channels. 3248 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3249 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3250 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3251 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3252 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3253 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3254 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3255 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3256 */ 3257 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3258 const u8 *ssid; 3259 const u8 *bssid; 3260 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3261 const u8 *ie; 3262 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3263 u16 beacon_interval; 3264 u32 basic_rates; 3265 bool channel_fixed; 3266 bool privacy; 3267 bool control_port; 3268 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3269 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3270 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3271 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3272 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3273 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3274 int wep_tx_key; 3275 }; 3276 3277 /** 3278 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3279 * 3280 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3281 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3282 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3283 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3284 */ 3285 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3286 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3287 union { 3288 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3289 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3290 } param; 3291 }; 3292 3293 /** 3294 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3295 * 3296 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3297 * authentication and association. 3298 * 3299 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3300 * on scan results) 3301 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3302 * %NULL if not specified 3303 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3304 * results) 3305 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3306 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3307 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3308 * to use. 3309 * @ssid: SSID 3310 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3311 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3312 * @ie: IEs for association request 3313 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3314 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3315 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3316 * @crypto: crypto settings 3317 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3318 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3319 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3320 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3321 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3322 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3323 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3324 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3325 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3326 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3327 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3328 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3329 * networks. 3330 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3331 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3332 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3333 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3334 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3335 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3336 * frame. 3337 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3338 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3339 * data IE. 3340 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3341 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3342 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3343 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3344 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3345 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3346 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3347 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3348 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3349 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3350 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3351 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3352 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3353 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3354 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3355 */ 3356 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3357 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3358 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3359 const u8 *bssid; 3360 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3361 const u8 *ssid; 3362 size_t ssid_len; 3363 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3364 const u8 *ie; 3365 size_t ie_len; 3366 bool privacy; 3367 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3368 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3369 const u8 *key; 3370 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3371 u32 flags; 3372 int bg_scan_period; 3373 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3374 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3375 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3376 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3377 bool pbss; 3378 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3379 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3380 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3381 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3382 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3383 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3384 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3385 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3386 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3387 bool want_1x; 3388 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3389 }; 3390 3391 /** 3392 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3393 * 3394 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3395 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3396 * 3397 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3398 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3399 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3400 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3401 */ 3402 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3403 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3404 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3405 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3406 }; 3407 3408 /** 3409 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3410 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3411 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3412 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3413 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3414 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3415 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3416 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3417 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3418 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3419 */ 3420 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3421 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3422 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3423 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3424 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3425 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3426 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3427 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3428 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3429 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3430 }; 3431 3432 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3433 3434 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3435 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3436 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3437 3438 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3439 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3440 3441 /** 3442 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3443 * 3444 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3445 * caching. 3446 * 3447 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3448 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3449 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3450 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3451 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3452 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3453 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3454 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3455 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3456 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3457 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3458 * %NULL). 3459 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3460 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3461 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3462 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3463 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3464 * used for it expires. 3465 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3466 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3467 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3468 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3469 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3470 */ 3471 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3472 const u8 *bssid; 3473 const u8 *pmkid; 3474 const u8 *pmk; 3475 size_t pmk_len; 3476 const u8 *ssid; 3477 size_t ssid_len; 3478 const u8 *cache_id; 3479 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3480 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3481 }; 3482 3483 /** 3484 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3485 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3486 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3487 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3488 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3489 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3490 * 3491 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3492 * memory, free @mask only! 3493 */ 3494 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3495 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3496 int pattern_len; 3497 int pkt_offset; 3498 }; 3499 3500 /** 3501 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3502 * 3503 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3504 * @src: source IP address 3505 * @dst: destination IP address 3506 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3507 * @src_port: source port 3508 * @dst_port: destination port 3509 * @payload_len: data payload length 3510 * @payload: data payload buffer 3511 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3512 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3513 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3514 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3515 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3516 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3517 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3518 */ 3519 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3520 struct socket *sock; 3521 __be32 src, dst; 3522 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3523 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3524 int payload_len; 3525 const u8 *payload; 3526 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3527 u32 data_interval; 3528 u32 wake_len; 3529 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3530 u32 tokens_size; 3531 /* must be last, variable member */ 3532 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3533 }; 3534 3535 /** 3536 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3537 * 3538 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3539 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3540 * operating as normal during suspend 3541 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3542 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3543 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3544 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3545 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3546 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3547 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3548 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3549 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3550 * NULL if not configured. 3551 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3552 */ 3553 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3554 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3555 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3556 rfkill_release; 3557 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3558 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3559 int n_patterns; 3560 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3561 }; 3562 3563 /** 3564 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3565 * 3566 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3567 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3568 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3569 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3570 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3571 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3572 */ 3573 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3574 int delay; 3575 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3576 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3577 int n_patterns; 3578 }; 3579 3580 /** 3581 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3582 * 3583 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3584 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3585 * @n_rules: number of rules 3586 */ 3587 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3588 int n_rules; 3589 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3590 }; 3591 3592 /** 3593 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3594 * 3595 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3596 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3597 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3598 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3599 * occurred (in MHz) 3600 */ 3601 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3602 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3603 int n_channels; 3604 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3605 }; 3606 3607 /** 3608 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3609 * 3610 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3611 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3612 * match information. 3613 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3614 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3615 */ 3616 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3617 int n_matches; 3618 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3619 }; 3620 3621 /** 3622 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3623 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3624 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3625 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3626 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3627 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3628 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3629 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3630 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3631 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3632 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3633 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3634 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3635 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3636 * it is. 3637 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3638 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3639 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3640 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3641 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3642 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3643 */ 3644 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3645 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3646 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3647 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3648 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3649 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3650 s32 pattern_idx; 3651 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3652 const void *packet; 3653 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3654 }; 3655 3656 /** 3657 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3658 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3659 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3660 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3661 * @kek_len: length of kek 3662 * @kck_len: length of kck 3663 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3664 */ 3665 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3666 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3667 u32 akm; 3668 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3669 }; 3670 3671 /** 3672 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3673 * 3674 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3675 * 3676 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3677 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3678 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3679 */ 3680 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3681 u16 md; 3682 const u8 *ie; 3683 size_t ie_len; 3684 }; 3685 3686 /** 3687 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3688 * 3689 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3690 * 3691 * @chan: channel to use 3692 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3693 * @wait: duration for ROC 3694 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3695 * @len: buffer length 3696 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3697 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3698 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3699 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3700 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3701 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3702 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3703 */ 3704 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3705 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3706 bool offchan; 3707 unsigned int wait; 3708 const u8 *buf; 3709 size_t len; 3710 bool no_cck; 3711 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3712 int n_csa_offsets; 3713 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3714 int link_id; 3715 }; 3716 3717 /** 3718 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3719 * 3720 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3721 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3722 */ 3723 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3724 u8 dscp; 3725 u8 up; 3726 }; 3727 3728 /** 3729 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3730 * 3731 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3732 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3733 */ 3734 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3735 u8 low; 3736 u8 high; 3737 }; 3738 3739 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3740 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3741 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3742 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3743 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3744 3745 /** 3746 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3747 * 3748 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3749 * 3750 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3751 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3752 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3753 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3754 */ 3755 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3756 u8 num_des; 3757 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3758 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3759 }; 3760 3761 /** 3762 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3763 * 3764 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3765 * 3766 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3767 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3768 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3769 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3770 */ 3771 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3772 u8 master_pref; 3773 u8 bands; 3774 }; 3775 3776 /** 3777 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3778 * configuration 3779 * 3780 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3781 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3782 */ 3783 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3784 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3785 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3786 }; 3787 3788 /** 3789 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3790 * 3791 * @filter: the content of the filter 3792 * @len: the length of the filter 3793 */ 3794 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3795 const u8 *filter; 3796 u8 len; 3797 }; 3798 3799 /** 3800 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3801 * 3802 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3803 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3804 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3805 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3806 * implementation specific. 3807 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3808 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3809 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3810 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 3811 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3812 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3813 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3814 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3815 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3816 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3817 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3818 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3819 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3820 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3821 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3822 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3823 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3824 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3825 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3826 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3827 */ 3828 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3829 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3830 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3831 u8 publish_type; 3832 bool close_range; 3833 bool publish_bcast; 3834 bool subscribe_active; 3835 u8 followup_id; 3836 u8 followup_reqid; 3837 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3838 u32 ttl; 3839 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3840 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3841 bool srf_include; 3842 const u8 *srf_bf; 3843 u8 srf_bf_len; 3844 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3845 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3846 int srf_num_macs; 3847 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3848 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3849 u8 num_tx_filters; 3850 u8 num_rx_filters; 3851 u8 instance_id; 3852 u64 cookie; 3853 }; 3854 3855 /** 3856 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3857 * 3858 * @aa: authenticator address 3859 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3860 * @pmk: the PMK material 3861 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3862 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3863 * holds PMK-R0. 3864 */ 3865 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3866 const u8 *aa; 3867 u8 pmk_len; 3868 const u8 *pmk; 3869 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3870 }; 3871 3872 /** 3873 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3874 * 3875 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3876 * 3877 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3878 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3879 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3880 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3881 * authentication response command interface. 3882 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3883 * authentication response command interface. 3884 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3885 * authentication request event interface. 3886 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3887 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3888 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3889 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3890 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3891 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3892 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3893 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3894 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 3895 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 3896 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 3897 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 3898 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 3899 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 3900 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 3901 * chosen for the authentication. 3902 */ 3903 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3904 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3905 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3906 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3907 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3908 u16 status; 3909 const u8 *pmkid; 3910 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3911 }; 3912 3913 /** 3914 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3915 * 3916 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3917 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3918 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3919 * answered 3920 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3921 * successfully answered 3922 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3923 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3924 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3925 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3926 * of how much time the responder was busy 3927 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3928 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3929 * the responder 3930 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3931 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3932 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3933 */ 3934 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3935 u32 filled; 3936 u32 success_num; 3937 u32 partial_num; 3938 u32 failed_num; 3939 u32 asap_num; 3940 u32 non_asap_num; 3941 u64 total_duration_ms; 3942 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3943 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3944 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3945 }; 3946 3947 /** 3948 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3949 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3950 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3951 * reason than just "failure" 3952 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3953 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3954 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3955 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3956 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3957 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3958 * by the responder 3959 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3960 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3961 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3962 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3963 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3964 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3965 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3966 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3967 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3968 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3969 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3970 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3971 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3972 * the square root of the variance) 3973 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3974 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3975 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3976 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3977 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3978 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3979 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3980 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3981 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3982 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3983 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3984 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3985 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3986 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3987 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3988 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3989 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3990 */ 3991 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3992 const u8 *lci; 3993 const u8 *civicloc; 3994 unsigned int lci_len; 3995 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3996 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3997 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3998 s16 burst_index; 3999 u8 busy_retry_time; 4000 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4001 u8 burst_duration; 4002 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4003 s32 rssi_avg; 4004 s32 rssi_spread; 4005 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4006 s64 rtt_avg; 4007 s64 rtt_variance; 4008 s64 rtt_spread; 4009 s64 dist_avg; 4010 s64 dist_variance; 4011 s64 dist_spread; 4012 4013 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4014 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4015 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4016 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4017 tx_rate_valid:1, 4018 rx_rate_valid:1, 4019 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4020 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4021 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4022 dist_avg_valid:1, 4023 dist_variance_valid:1, 4024 dist_spread_valid:1; 4025 }; 4026 4027 /** 4028 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4029 * @addr: address of the peer 4030 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4031 * measurement was made) 4032 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4033 * @status: status of the measurement 4034 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4035 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4036 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4037 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4038 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4039 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4040 * @ftm: FTM result 4041 */ 4042 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4043 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4044 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4045 4046 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4047 4048 u8 final:1, 4049 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4050 4051 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4052 4053 union { 4054 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4055 }; 4056 }; 4057 4058 /** 4059 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4060 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4061 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4062 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4063 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4064 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4065 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4066 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4067 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4068 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4069 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4070 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4071 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4072 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4073 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4074 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4075 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4076 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4077 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4078 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4079 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4080 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4081 * 4082 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4083 */ 4084 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4085 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4086 u16 burst_period; 4087 u8 requested:1, 4088 asap:1, 4089 request_lci:1, 4090 request_civicloc:1, 4091 trigger_based:1, 4092 non_trigger_based:1, 4093 lmr_feedback:1; 4094 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4095 u8 burst_duration; 4096 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4097 u8 ftmr_retries; 4098 u8 bss_color; 4099 }; 4100 4101 /** 4102 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4103 * @addr: MAC address 4104 * @chandef: channel to use 4105 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4106 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4107 */ 4108 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4109 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4110 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4111 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4112 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4113 }; 4114 4115 /** 4116 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4117 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4118 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4119 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4120 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4121 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4122 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4123 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4124 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4125 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4126 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4127 * zero it means there's no timeout 4128 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4129 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4130 */ 4131 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4132 u64 cookie; 4133 void *drv_data; 4134 u32 n_peers; 4135 u32 nl_portid; 4136 4137 u32 timeout; 4138 4139 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4140 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4141 4142 struct list_head list; 4143 4144 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4145 }; 4146 4147 /** 4148 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4149 * 4150 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4151 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4152 * 4153 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4154 * 4155 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4156 * has to be done. 4157 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4158 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4159 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4160 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4161 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4162 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4163 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4164 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4165 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4166 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4167 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4168 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4169 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4170 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4171 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4172 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4173 */ 4174 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4175 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4176 u16 status; 4177 const u8 *ie; 4178 size_t ie_len; 4179 int assoc_link_id; 4180 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4181 }; 4182 4183 /** 4184 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4185 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4186 * for the entire device 4187 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4188 * for the given interface 4189 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4190 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4191 * for these subtypes 4192 */ 4193 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4194 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4195 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4196 }; 4197 4198 /** 4199 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4200 * 4201 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4202 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4203 * 4204 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4205 * on success or a negative error code. 4206 * 4207 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4208 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4209 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4210 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4211 * 4212 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4213 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4214 * configured for the device. 4215 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4216 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4217 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4218 * the device. 4219 * 4220 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4221 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4222 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4223 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4224 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4225 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4226 * 4227 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4228 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4229 * 4230 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4231 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4232 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4233 * 4234 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4235 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4236 * address is available. 4237 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4238 * 4239 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4240 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4241 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4242 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4243 * 4244 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4245 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4246 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4247 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4248 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4249 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4250 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4251 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4252 * 4253 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4254 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4255 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4256 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4257 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4258 * 4259 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4260 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4261 * 4262 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4263 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4264 * 4265 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4266 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4267 * 4268 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4269 * 4270 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4271 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4272 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4273 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4274 * 4275 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4276 * @del_station: Remove a station 4277 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4278 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4279 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4280 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4281 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4282 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4283 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4284 * 4285 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4286 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4287 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4288 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4289 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4290 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4291 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4292 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4293 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4294 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4295 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4296 * 4297 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4298 * 4299 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4300 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4301 * set, and which to leave alone. 4302 * 4303 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4304 * 4305 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4306 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4307 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4308 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4309 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4310 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4311 * 4312 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4313 * 4314 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4315 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4316 * join the mesh instead. 4317 * 4318 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4319 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4320 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4321 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4322 * 4323 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4324 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4325 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4326 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4327 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4328 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4329 * 4330 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4331 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4332 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4333 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4334 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4335 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4336 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4337 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4338 * 4339 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4340 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4341 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4342 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4343 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4344 * was received. 4345 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4346 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4347 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4348 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4349 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4350 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4351 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4352 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4353 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4354 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4355 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4356 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4357 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4358 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4359 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4360 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4361 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4362 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4363 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4364 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4365 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4366 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4367 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4368 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4369 * 4370 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4371 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4372 * to a merge. 4373 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4374 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4375 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4376 * 4377 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4378 * MESH mode) 4379 * 4380 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4381 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4382 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4383 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4384 * 4385 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4386 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4387 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4388 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4389 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4390 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4391 * return 0 if successful 4392 * 4393 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4394 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4395 * 4396 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4397 * 4398 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4399 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4400 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4401 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4402 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4403 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4404 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4405 * the duration value. 4406 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4407 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4408 * frame on another channel 4409 * 4410 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4411 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4412 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4413 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4414 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4415 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4416 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4417 * 4418 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4419 * 4420 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4421 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4422 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4423 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4424 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4425 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4426 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4427 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4428 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4429 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4430 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4431 * disabled.) 4432 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4433 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4434 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4435 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4436 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4437 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4438 * thresholds. 4439 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4440 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4441 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4442 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4443 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4444 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4445 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4446 * 4447 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4448 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4449 * 4450 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4451 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4452 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4453 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4454 * 4455 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4456 * 4457 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4458 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4459 * 4460 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4461 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4462 * 4463 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4464 * 4465 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4466 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4467 * current monitoring channel. 4468 * 4469 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4470 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4471 * 4472 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4473 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4474 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4475 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4476 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4477 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4478 * 4479 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4480 * 4481 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4482 * was finished on another phy. 4483 * 4484 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4485 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4486 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4487 * 4488 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4489 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4490 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4491 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4492 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4493 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4494 * 4495 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4496 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4497 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4498 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4499 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4500 * as soon as possible. 4501 * 4502 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4503 * 4504 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4505 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4506 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4507 * 4508 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4509 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4510 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4511 * account. 4512 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4513 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4514 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4515 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4516 * rejected) 4517 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4518 * 4519 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4520 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4521 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4522 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4523 * 4524 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4525 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4526 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4527 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4528 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4529 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4530 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4531 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4532 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4533 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4534 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4535 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4536 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4537 * provided @nan_func. 4538 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4539 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4540 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4541 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4542 * 4543 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4544 * 4545 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4546 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4547 * 4548 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4549 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4550 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4551 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4552 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4553 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4554 * 4555 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4556 * user space 4557 * 4558 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4559 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4560 * 4561 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4562 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4563 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4564 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4565 * 4566 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4567 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4568 * DH IE through this interface. 4569 * 4570 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4571 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4572 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4573 * This callback may sleep. 4574 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4575 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4576 * 4577 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4578 * 4579 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4580 * 4581 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4582 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4583 * Response frame. 4584 * 4585 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4586 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4587 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4588 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4589 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4590 * radar channel. 4591 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4592 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4593 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4594 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4595 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4596 * 4597 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4598 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4599 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4600 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4601 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4602 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4603 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4604 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4605 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4606 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4607 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4608 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4609 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4610 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4611 */ 4612 struct cfg80211_ops { 4613 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4614 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4615 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4616 4617 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4618 const char *name, 4619 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4620 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4621 struct vif_params *params); 4622 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4623 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4624 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4625 struct net_device *dev, 4626 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4627 struct vif_params *params); 4628 4629 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4630 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4631 unsigned int link_id); 4632 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4633 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4634 unsigned int link_id); 4635 4636 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4637 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4638 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4639 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4640 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4641 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4642 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4643 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4644 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4645 const u8 *mac_addr); 4646 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4647 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4648 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4649 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4650 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4651 u8 key_index); 4652 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4653 struct net_device *netdev, 4654 int link_id, 4655 u8 key_index); 4656 4657 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4658 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4659 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4660 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4661 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4662 unsigned int link_id); 4663 4664 4665 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4666 const u8 *mac, 4667 struct station_parameters *params); 4668 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4669 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4670 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4671 const u8 *mac, 4672 struct station_parameters *params); 4673 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4674 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4675 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4676 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4677 4678 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4679 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4680 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4681 const u8 *dst); 4682 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4683 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4684 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4685 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4686 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4687 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4688 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4689 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4690 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4691 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4692 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4693 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4694 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4695 struct net_device *dev, 4696 struct mesh_config *conf); 4697 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4698 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4699 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4700 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4701 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4702 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4703 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4704 4705 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4706 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4707 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4708 4709 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4710 struct bss_parameters *params); 4711 4712 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4713 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4714 4715 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4716 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4717 4718 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4719 struct net_device *dev, 4720 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4721 4722 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4723 struct net_device *dev, 4724 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4725 4726 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4727 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4728 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4729 4730 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4731 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4732 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4733 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4734 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4735 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4736 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4737 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4738 4739 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4740 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4741 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4742 struct net_device *dev, 4743 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4744 u32 changed); 4745 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4746 u16 reason_code); 4747 4748 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4749 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4750 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4751 4752 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4753 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4754 4755 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4756 4757 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4758 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4759 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4760 unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4761 4762 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4763 4764 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4765 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4766 void *data, int len); 4767 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4768 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4769 void *data, int len); 4770 #endif 4771 4772 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4773 struct net_device *dev, 4774 unsigned int link_id, 4775 const u8 *peer, 4776 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4777 4778 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4779 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4780 4781 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4782 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4783 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4784 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4785 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4786 4787 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4788 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4789 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4790 unsigned int duration, 4791 u64 *cookie); 4792 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4793 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4794 u64 cookie); 4795 4796 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4797 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4798 u64 *cookie); 4799 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4800 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4801 u64 cookie); 4802 4803 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4804 bool enabled, int timeout); 4805 4806 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4807 struct net_device *dev, 4808 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4809 4810 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4811 struct net_device *dev, 4812 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4813 4814 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4815 struct net_device *dev, 4816 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4817 4818 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4819 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4820 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4821 4822 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4823 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4824 4825 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4826 struct net_device *dev, 4827 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4828 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4829 u64 reqid); 4830 4831 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4832 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4833 4834 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4835 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4836 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4837 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4838 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4839 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4840 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4841 4842 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4843 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4844 4845 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4846 struct net_device *dev, 4847 u16 noack_map); 4848 4849 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4850 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4851 unsigned int link_id, 4852 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4853 4854 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4855 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4856 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4857 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4858 4859 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4860 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4861 4862 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4863 struct net_device *dev, 4864 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4865 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 4866 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4867 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 4868 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4869 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4870 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4871 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4872 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4873 u16 duration); 4874 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4875 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4876 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4877 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4878 4879 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4880 struct net_device *dev, 4881 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4882 4883 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4884 struct net_device *dev, 4885 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4886 4887 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4888 unsigned int link_id, 4889 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4890 4891 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4892 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4893 u16 admitted_time); 4894 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4895 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4896 4897 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4898 struct net_device *dev, 4899 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4900 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4901 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4902 struct net_device *dev, 4903 const u8 *addr); 4904 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4905 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4906 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4907 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4908 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4909 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4910 u64 cookie); 4911 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4912 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4913 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4914 u32 changes); 4915 4916 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4917 struct net_device *dev, 4918 const bool enabled); 4919 4920 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4921 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4922 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4923 4924 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4925 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4926 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4927 const u8 *aa); 4928 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4929 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4930 4931 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4932 struct net_device *dev, 4933 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4934 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4935 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 4936 u64 *cookie); 4937 4938 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4939 struct net_device *dev, 4940 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4941 4942 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4943 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4944 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4945 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4946 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4947 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4948 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4949 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4950 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4951 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4952 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4953 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4954 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4955 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4956 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4957 struct net_device *dev, 4958 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4959 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4960 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4961 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4962 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4963 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4964 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4965 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4966 struct link_station_parameters *params); 4967 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4968 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 4969 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4970 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 4971 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4972 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 4973 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4974 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4975 struct cfg80211_assoc_link *add_links, 4976 u16 rem_links); 4977 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4978 bool val); 4979 }; 4980 4981 /* 4982 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4983 * and registration/helper functions 4984 */ 4985 4986 /** 4987 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4988 * 4989 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4990 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 4991 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4992 * wiphy at all 4993 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4994 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4995 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4996 * reason to override the default 4997 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4998 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4999 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5000 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5001 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5002 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5003 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5004 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5005 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5006 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5007 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5008 * firmware. 5009 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5010 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5011 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5012 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5013 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5014 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5015 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5016 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5017 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5018 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5019 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5020 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5021 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5022 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5023 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5024 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5025 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5026 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5027 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5028 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5029 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5030 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5031 * should set this flag for now. 5032 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5033 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5034 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5035 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5036 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5037 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5038 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5039 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5040 */ 5041 enum wiphy_flags { 5042 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5043 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5044 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5045 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5046 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5047 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5048 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5049 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5050 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5051 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5052 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5053 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5054 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5055 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5056 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5057 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5058 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5059 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5060 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5061 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5062 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5063 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5064 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5065 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5066 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5067 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5068 }; 5069 5070 /** 5071 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5072 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5073 * @types: interface types (bits) 5074 */ 5075 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5076 u16 max; 5077 u16 types; 5078 }; 5079 5080 /** 5081 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5082 * 5083 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5084 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5085 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5086 * that radio. 5087 * 5088 * Examples: 5089 * 5090 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5091 * 5092 * .. code-block:: c 5093 * 5094 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5095 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5096 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5097 * }; 5098 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5099 * .limits = limits1, 5100 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5101 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5102 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5103 * }; 5104 * 5105 * 5106 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5107 * 5108 * .. code-block:: c 5109 * 5110 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5111 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5112 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5113 * }; 5114 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5115 * .limits = limits2, 5116 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5117 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5118 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5119 * }; 5120 * 5121 * 5122 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5123 * 5124 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5125 * 5126 * .. code-block:: c 5127 * 5128 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5129 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5130 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5131 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5132 * }; 5133 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5134 * .limits = limits3, 5135 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5136 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5137 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5138 * }; 5139 * 5140 */ 5141 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5142 /** 5143 * @limits: 5144 * limits for the given interface types 5145 */ 5146 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5147 5148 /** 5149 * @num_different_channels: 5150 * can use up to this many different channels 5151 */ 5152 u32 num_different_channels; 5153 5154 /** 5155 * @max_interfaces: 5156 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5157 */ 5158 u16 max_interfaces; 5159 5160 /** 5161 * @n_limits: 5162 * number of limitations 5163 */ 5164 u8 n_limits; 5165 5166 /** 5167 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5168 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5169 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5170 */ 5171 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5172 5173 /** 5174 * @radar_detect_widths: 5175 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5176 */ 5177 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5178 5179 /** 5180 * @radar_detect_regions: 5181 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5182 */ 5183 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5184 5185 /** 5186 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5187 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5188 * 5189 * = 0 5190 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5191 * > 0 5192 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5193 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5194 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5195 */ 5196 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5197 }; 5198 5199 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5200 u16 tx, rx; 5201 }; 5202 5203 /** 5204 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5205 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5206 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5207 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5208 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5209 * packet should be preserved in that case 5210 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5211 * (see nl80211.h) 5212 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5213 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5214 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5215 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5216 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5217 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5218 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5219 */ 5220 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5221 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5222 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5223 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5224 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5225 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5226 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5227 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5228 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5229 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5230 }; 5231 5232 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5233 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5234 u32 data_payload_max; 5235 u32 data_interval_max; 5236 u32 wake_payload_max; 5237 bool seq; 5238 }; 5239 5240 /** 5241 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5242 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5243 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5244 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5245 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5246 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5247 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5248 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5249 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5250 * scheduled scans. 5251 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5252 * details. 5253 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5254 */ 5255 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5256 u32 flags; 5257 int n_patterns; 5258 int pattern_max_len; 5259 int pattern_min_len; 5260 int max_pkt_offset; 5261 int max_nd_match_sets; 5262 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5263 }; 5264 5265 /** 5266 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5267 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5268 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5269 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5270 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5271 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5272 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5273 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5274 */ 5275 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5276 int n_rules; 5277 int max_delay; 5278 int n_patterns; 5279 int pattern_max_len; 5280 int pattern_min_len; 5281 int max_pkt_offset; 5282 }; 5283 5284 /** 5285 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5286 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5287 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5288 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5289 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5290 */ 5291 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5292 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5293 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5294 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5295 }; 5296 5297 /** 5298 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5299 * 5300 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5301 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5302 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5303 * 5304 */ 5305 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5306 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5307 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5308 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5309 }; 5310 5311 /** 5312 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5313 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5314 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5315 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5316 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5317 */ 5318 5319 struct sta_opmode_info { 5320 u32 changed; 5321 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5322 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5323 u8 rx_nss; 5324 }; 5325 5326 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5327 5328 /** 5329 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5330 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5331 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5332 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5333 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5334 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5335 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5336 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5337 * dumpit calls. 5338 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5339 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5340 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5341 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5342 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5343 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5344 * are used with dump requests. 5345 */ 5346 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5347 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5348 u32 flags; 5349 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5350 const void *data, int data_len); 5351 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5352 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5353 unsigned long *storage); 5354 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5355 unsigned int maxattr; 5356 }; 5357 5358 /** 5359 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5360 * @iftype: interface type 5361 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5362 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5363 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5364 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5365 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5366 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5367 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5368 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5369 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5370 */ 5371 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5372 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5373 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5374 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5375 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5376 u16 eml_capabilities; 5377 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5378 }; 5379 5380 /** 5381 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5382 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5383 * @type: the interface type to look up 5384 * 5385 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5386 */ 5387 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5388 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5389 5390 /** 5391 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5392 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5393 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5394 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5395 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5396 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5397 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5398 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5399 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5400 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5401 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5402 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5403 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5404 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5405 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5406 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5407 * not limited) 5408 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5409 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5410 */ 5411 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5412 unsigned int max_peers; 5413 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5414 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5415 5416 struct { 5417 u32 preambles; 5418 u32 bandwidths; 5419 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5420 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5421 u8 supported:1, 5422 asap:1, 5423 non_asap:1, 5424 request_lci:1, 5425 request_civicloc:1, 5426 trigger_based:1, 5427 non_trigger_based:1; 5428 } ftm; 5429 }; 5430 5431 /** 5432 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5433 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5434 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5435 * 5436 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5437 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5438 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5439 */ 5440 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5441 u16 iftypes_mask; 5442 const u32 *akm_suites; 5443 int n_akm_suites; 5444 }; 5445 5446 /** 5447 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5448 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5449 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5450 */ 5451 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5452 u32 start_freq; 5453 u32 end_freq; 5454 }; 5455 5456 5457 /** 5458 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5459 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5460 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5461 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5462 * 5463 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5464 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5465 * 5466 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5467 * list single interface types. 5468 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5469 * 5470 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5471 */ 5472 struct wiphy_radio { 5473 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5474 int n_freq_range; 5475 5476 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5477 int n_iface_combinations; 5478 5479 u32 antenna_mask; 5480 }; 5481 5482 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5483 5484 /** 5485 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5486 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5487 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5488 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5489 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5490 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5491 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5492 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5493 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5494 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5495 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5496 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5497 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5498 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5499 * iftype_akm_suites. 5500 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5501 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5502 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5503 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5504 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5505 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5506 * suites are specified separately. 5507 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5508 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5509 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5510 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5511 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5512 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5513 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5514 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5515 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5516 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5517 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5518 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5519 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5520 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5521 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5522 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5523 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5524 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5525 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5526 * unregister hardware 5527 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5528 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5529 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5530 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5531 * (see below). 5532 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5533 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5534 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5535 * must be set by driver 5536 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5537 * list single interface types. 5538 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5539 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5540 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5541 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5542 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5543 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5544 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5545 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5546 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5547 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5548 * this variable determines its size 5549 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5550 * any given scan 5551 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5552 * the device can run concurrently. 5553 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5554 * for in any given scheduled scan 5555 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5556 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5557 * supported. 5558 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5559 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5560 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5561 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5562 * scans 5563 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5564 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5565 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5566 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5567 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5568 * scan plan supported by the device. 5569 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5570 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5571 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5572 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5573 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5574 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5575 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5576 * 5577 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5578 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5579 * type 5580 * 5581 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5582 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5583 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5584 * 5585 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5586 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5587 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5588 * 5589 * @probe_resp_offload: 5590 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5591 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5592 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5593 * 5594 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5595 * may request, if implemented. 5596 * 5597 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5598 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5599 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5600 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5601 * 5602 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5603 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5604 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5605 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5606 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5607 * 5608 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5609 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5610 * 5611 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5612 * supports for ACL. 5613 * 5614 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5615 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5616 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5617 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5618 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5619 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5620 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5621 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5622 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5623 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5624 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5625 * capabilities are specified separately. 5626 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5627 * 5628 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5629 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5630 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5631 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5632 * 5633 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5634 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5635 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5636 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5637 * 5638 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5639 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5640 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5641 * infinite. 5642 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5643 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5644 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5645 * 5646 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5647 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5648 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5649 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5650 * 5651 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5652 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5653 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5654 * 5655 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5656 * wake_tx_queue 5657 * 5658 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5659 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5660 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5661 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5662 * 5663 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5664 * 5665 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5666 * device has 5667 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5668 * supported by the driver for each vif 5669 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5670 * supported by the driver for each peer 5671 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5672 * long/short retry configuration 5673 * 5674 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5675 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5676 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5677 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5678 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5679 * 5680 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5681 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5682 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5683 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5684 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5685 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5686 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5687 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5688 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5689 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5690 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5691 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5692 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5693 * 5694 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5695 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5696 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5697 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5698 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5699 * specify a mac address). 5700 * 5701 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5702 * @n_radio: number of radios 5703 */ 5704 struct wiphy { 5705 struct mutex mtx; 5706 5707 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5708 5709 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5710 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5711 5712 struct mac_address *addresses; 5713 5714 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5715 5716 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5717 int n_iface_combinations; 5718 u16 software_iftypes; 5719 5720 u16 n_addresses; 5721 5722 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5723 u16 interface_modes; 5724 5725 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5726 5727 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5728 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5729 5730 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5731 5732 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5733 5734 int bss_priv_size; 5735 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5736 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5737 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5738 u8 max_match_sets; 5739 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5740 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5741 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5742 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5743 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5744 5745 int n_cipher_suites; 5746 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5747 5748 int n_akm_suites; 5749 const u32 *akm_suites; 5750 5751 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5752 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5753 5754 u8 retry_short; 5755 u8 retry_long; 5756 u32 frag_threshold; 5757 u32 rts_threshold; 5758 u8 coverage_class; 5759 5760 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5761 u32 hw_version; 5762 5763 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5764 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5765 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5766 #endif 5767 5768 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5769 5770 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5771 5772 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5773 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5774 5775 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5776 5777 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5778 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5779 5780 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5781 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5782 5783 const void *privid; 5784 5785 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5786 5787 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5788 struct regulatory_request *request); 5789 5790 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5791 5792 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5793 5794 struct device dev; 5795 5796 bool registered; 5797 5798 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5799 5800 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5801 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5802 5803 struct list_head wdev_list; 5804 5805 possible_net_t _net; 5806 5807 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5808 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5809 #endif 5810 5811 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5812 5813 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5814 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5815 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5816 5817 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5818 5819 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5820 5821 u32 bss_select_support; 5822 5823 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5824 5825 u32 txq_limit; 5826 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5827 u32 txq_quantum; 5828 5829 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5830 5831 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5832 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5833 5834 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5835 5836 struct { 5837 u64 peer, vif; 5838 u8 max_retry; 5839 } tid_config_support; 5840 5841 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5842 5843 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5844 5845 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5846 5847 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5848 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5849 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5850 5851 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5852 5853 int n_radio; 5854 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 5855 5856 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5857 }; 5858 5859 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5860 { 5861 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5862 } 5863 5864 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5865 { 5866 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5867 } 5868 5869 /** 5870 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5871 * 5872 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5873 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5874 */ 5875 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5876 { 5877 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5878 return &wiphy->priv; 5879 } 5880 5881 /** 5882 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5883 * 5884 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5885 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5886 */ 5887 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5888 { 5889 BUG_ON(!priv); 5890 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5891 } 5892 5893 /** 5894 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5895 * 5896 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5897 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5898 */ 5899 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5900 { 5901 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5902 } 5903 5904 /** 5905 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5906 * 5907 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5908 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5909 */ 5910 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5911 { 5912 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5913 } 5914 5915 /** 5916 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5917 * 5918 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5919 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5920 */ 5921 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5922 { 5923 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5924 } 5925 5926 /** 5927 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5928 * 5929 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5930 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5931 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5932 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5933 * 5934 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5935 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5936 * 5937 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5938 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5939 */ 5940 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5941 const char *requested_name); 5942 5943 /** 5944 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5945 * 5946 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5947 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5948 * 5949 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5950 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5951 * 5952 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5953 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5954 */ 5955 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5956 int sizeof_priv) 5957 { 5958 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5959 } 5960 5961 /** 5962 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5963 * 5964 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5965 * 5966 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5967 */ 5968 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5969 5970 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5971 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5972 5973 /** 5974 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5975 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5976 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5977 * 5978 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5979 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5980 */ 5981 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5982 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5983 5984 /** 5985 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5986 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5987 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5988 * 5989 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5990 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5991 */ 5992 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5993 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5994 5995 /** 5996 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5997 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5998 * 5999 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6000 * 6001 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6002 */ 6003 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6004 6005 /** 6006 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6007 * 6008 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6009 * 6010 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6011 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6012 * request that is being handled. 6013 */ 6014 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6015 6016 /** 6017 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6018 * 6019 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6020 */ 6021 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6022 6023 /* internal structs */ 6024 struct cfg80211_conn; 6025 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6026 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6027 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6028 6029 /** 6030 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6032 * 6033 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6034 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6035 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6036 * differentiate which way it's called. 6037 * 6038 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6039 * 6040 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6041 * 6042 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6043 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6044 */ 6045 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6046 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6047 { 6048 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6049 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6050 } 6051 6052 /** 6053 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6054 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6055 */ 6056 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6057 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6058 { 6059 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6060 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6061 } 6062 6063 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6064 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6065 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6066 6067 struct wiphy_work; 6068 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6069 6070 struct wiphy_work { 6071 struct list_head entry; 6072 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6073 }; 6074 6075 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6076 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6077 { 6078 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6079 work->func = func; 6080 } 6081 6082 /** 6083 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6084 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6085 * @work: the work item 6086 * 6087 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6088 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6089 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6090 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6091 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6092 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6093 */ 6094 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6095 6096 /** 6097 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6098 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6099 * @work: the work to cancel 6100 * 6101 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6102 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6103 */ 6104 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6105 6106 /** 6107 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6108 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6109 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6110 * 6111 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6112 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6113 */ 6114 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6115 6116 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6117 struct wiphy_work work; 6118 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6119 struct timer_list timer; 6120 }; 6121 6122 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6123 6124 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6125 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6126 { 6127 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6128 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6129 } 6130 6131 /** 6132 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6133 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6134 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6135 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6136 * 6137 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6138 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6139 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6140 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6141 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6142 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6143 */ 6144 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6145 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6146 unsigned long delay); 6147 6148 /** 6149 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6150 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6151 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6152 * 6153 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6154 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6155 */ 6156 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6157 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6158 6159 /** 6160 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6161 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6162 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6163 * 6164 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6165 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6166 */ 6167 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6168 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6169 6170 /** 6171 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6172 * work item is currently pending. 6173 * 6174 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6175 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6176 * 6177 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6178 * 6179 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6180 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6181 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6182 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6183 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6184 * won't run before that. 6185 * 6186 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6187 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6188 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6189 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6190 * is currently executing. 6191 * 6192 * CPU0 CPU1 6193 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6194 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6195 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6196 * 6197 * [...] 6198 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6199 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6200 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6201 * wk->timer->function() | 6202 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6203 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6204 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6205 * | been run yet 6206 * [...] | 6207 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6208 * wk->func() V 6209 * 6210 */ 6211 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6212 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6213 6214 /** 6215 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6216 * 6217 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6218 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6219 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6220 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6221 */ 6222 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6223 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6224 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6225 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6226 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6227 }; 6228 6229 /** 6230 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6231 * 6232 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6233 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6234 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6235 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6236 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6237 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6238 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6239 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6240 * 6241 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6242 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6243 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6244 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6245 * 6246 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6247 * @iftype: interface type 6248 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6249 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6250 * for the notifier 6251 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6252 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6253 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6254 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6255 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6256 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6257 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6258 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6259 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6260 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6261 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6262 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6263 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6264 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6265 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6266 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6267 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6268 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6269 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6270 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6271 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6272 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6273 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6274 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6275 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6276 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6277 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6278 * the P2P Device. 6279 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6280 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6281 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6282 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6283 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6284 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6285 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6286 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6287 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6288 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6289 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6290 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6291 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6292 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6293 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6294 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6295 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6296 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6297 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6298 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6299 * unprotected beacon report 6300 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6301 * @ap and @client for each link 6302 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6303 * started 6304 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6305 * entered. 6306 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6307 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6308 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6309 */ 6310 struct wireless_dev { 6311 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6312 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6313 6314 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6315 struct list_head list; 6316 struct net_device *netdev; 6317 6318 u32 identifier; 6319 6320 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6321 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6322 6323 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6324 6325 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6326 6327 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6328 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6329 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6330 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6331 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6332 6333 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6334 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6335 6336 struct list_head event_list; 6337 spinlock_t event_lock; 6338 6339 u8 connected:1; 6340 6341 bool ps; 6342 int ps_timeout; 6343 6344 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6345 6346 u32 owner_nlportid; 6347 bool nl_owner_dead; 6348 6349 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6350 /* wext data */ 6351 struct { 6352 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6353 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6354 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6355 const u8 *ie; 6356 size_t ie_len; 6357 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6358 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6359 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6360 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6361 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6362 } wext; 6363 #endif 6364 6365 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6366 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6367 6368 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6369 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6370 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6371 6372 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6373 6374 union { 6375 struct { 6376 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6377 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6378 u8 ssid_len; 6379 } client; 6380 struct { 6381 int beacon_interval; 6382 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6383 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6384 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6385 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6386 } mesh; 6387 struct { 6388 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6389 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6390 u8 ssid_len; 6391 } ap; 6392 struct { 6393 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6394 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6395 int beacon_interval; 6396 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6397 u8 ssid_len; 6398 } ibss; 6399 struct { 6400 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6401 } ocb; 6402 } u; 6403 6404 struct { 6405 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6406 union { 6407 struct { 6408 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6409 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6410 } ap; 6411 struct { 6412 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6413 } client; 6414 }; 6415 6416 bool cac_started; 6417 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6418 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6419 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6420 u16 valid_links; 6421 6422 u32 radio_mask; 6423 }; 6424 6425 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6426 { 6427 if (wdev->netdev) 6428 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6429 return wdev->address; 6430 } 6431 6432 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6433 { 6434 if (wdev->netdev) 6435 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6436 return wdev->is_running; 6437 } 6438 6439 /** 6440 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6441 * 6442 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6443 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6444 */ 6445 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6446 { 6447 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6448 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6449 } 6450 6451 /** 6452 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6453 * @wdev: the wdev 6454 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6455 * 6456 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6457 */ 6458 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6459 unsigned int link_id); 6460 6461 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6462 unsigned int link_id) 6463 { 6464 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6465 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6466 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6467 } 6468 6469 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6470 for (link_id = 0; \ 6471 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6472 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6473 link_id++) \ 6474 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6475 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6476 6477 /** 6478 * DOC: Utility functions 6479 * 6480 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6481 */ 6482 6483 /** 6484 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6485 * 6486 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6487 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6488 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6489 */ 6490 static inline bool 6491 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6492 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6493 { 6494 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6495 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6496 } 6497 6498 /** 6499 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6500 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6501 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6502 */ 6503 static inline u32 6504 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6505 { 6506 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6507 } 6508 6509 /** 6510 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6511 * 6512 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6513 * @chan: channel 6514 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6515 */ 6516 enum nl80211_chan_width 6517 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6518 6519 /** 6520 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6521 * @chan: channel number 6522 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6523 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6524 */ 6525 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6526 6527 /** 6528 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6529 * @chan: channel number 6530 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6531 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6532 */ 6533 static inline int 6534 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6535 { 6536 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6537 } 6538 6539 /** 6540 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6541 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6542 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6543 */ 6544 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6545 6546 /** 6547 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6548 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6549 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6550 */ 6551 static inline int 6552 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6553 { 6554 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6555 } 6556 6557 /** 6558 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6559 * frequency 6560 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6561 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6562 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6563 */ 6564 struct ieee80211_channel * 6565 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6566 6567 /** 6568 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6569 * 6570 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6571 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6572 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6573 */ 6574 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6575 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6576 { 6577 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6578 } 6579 6580 /** 6581 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6582 * @chan: control channel to check 6583 * 6584 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6585 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6586 * 6587 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6588 */ 6589 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6590 { 6591 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6592 return false; 6593 6594 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6595 } 6596 6597 /** 6598 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6599 * 6600 * @radio: wiphy radio 6601 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6602 * 6603 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6604 */ 6605 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6606 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6607 6608 /** 6609 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6610 * 6611 * @wdev: the wireless device 6612 * @chan: channel to check 6613 * 6614 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6615 */ 6616 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6617 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6618 6619 /** 6620 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6621 * 6622 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6623 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6624 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6625 * 6626 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6627 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6628 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6629 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6630 */ 6631 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6632 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6633 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6634 6635 /** 6636 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6637 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6638 * 6639 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 6640 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6641 */ 6642 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6643 6644 /* 6645 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6646 * 6647 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6648 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6649 */ 6650 6651 struct radiotap_align_size { 6652 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6653 }; 6654 6655 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6656 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6657 int n_bits; 6658 uint32_t oui; 6659 uint8_t subns; 6660 }; 6661 6662 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6663 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6664 int n_ns; 6665 }; 6666 6667 /** 6668 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6669 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6670 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6671 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6672 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6673 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6674 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6675 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6676 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6677 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6678 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6679 * radiotap namespace or not 6680 * 6681 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6682 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6683 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6684 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6685 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6686 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6687 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6688 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6689 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6690 * next bitmap word 6691 * 6692 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6693 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6694 */ 6695 6696 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6697 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6698 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6699 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6700 6701 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6702 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6703 6704 unsigned char *this_arg; 6705 int this_arg_index; 6706 int this_arg_size; 6707 6708 int is_radiotap_ns; 6709 6710 int _max_length; 6711 int _arg_index; 6712 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6713 int _reset_on_ext; 6714 }; 6715 6716 int 6717 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6718 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6719 int max_length, 6720 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6721 6722 int 6723 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6724 6725 6726 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6727 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6728 6729 /** 6730 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6731 * 6732 * @skb: the frame 6733 * 6734 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6735 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6736 * 6737 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6738 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6739 * 802.11 header. 6740 */ 6741 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6742 6743 /** 6744 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6745 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6746 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6747 */ 6748 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6749 6750 /** 6751 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6752 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6753 * (first byte) will be accessed 6754 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6755 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6756 */ 6757 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6758 6759 /** 6760 * DOC: Data path helpers 6761 * 6762 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6763 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6764 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6765 */ 6766 6767 /** 6768 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6769 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6770 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6771 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6772 * @addr: the device MAC address 6773 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6774 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6775 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6776 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6777 */ 6778 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6779 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6780 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6781 6782 /** 6783 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6784 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6785 * @addr: the device MAC address 6786 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6787 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6788 */ 6789 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6790 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6791 { 6792 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6793 } 6794 6795 /** 6796 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6797 * 6798 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6799 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6800 * mesh control field. 6801 * 6802 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6803 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6804 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6805 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6806 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6807 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6808 */ 6809 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6810 6811 /** 6812 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6813 * 6814 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6815 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6816 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6817 * 6818 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6819 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6820 * initialized by the caller. 6821 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6822 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6823 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6824 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6825 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6826 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6827 */ 6828 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6829 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6830 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6831 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6832 u8 mesh_control); 6833 6834 /** 6835 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6836 * 6837 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6838 * protocol. 6839 * 6840 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6841 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6842 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6843 */ 6844 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6845 6846 /** 6847 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6848 * 6849 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6850 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6851 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6852 * 6853 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6854 * 6855 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6856 */ 6857 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6858 6859 /** 6860 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6861 * @skb: the data frame 6862 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6863 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6864 */ 6865 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6866 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6867 6868 /** 6869 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6870 * 6871 * @eid: element ID 6872 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6873 * @len: length of data 6874 * @match: byte array to match 6875 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6876 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6877 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6878 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6879 * the data portion instead. 6880 * 6881 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6882 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6883 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6884 * requested element struct. 6885 * 6886 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6887 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6888 * byte array to match. 6889 */ 6890 const struct element * 6891 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6892 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6893 unsigned int match_offset); 6894 6895 /** 6896 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6897 * 6898 * @eid: element ID 6899 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6900 * @len: length of data 6901 * @match: byte array to match 6902 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6903 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6904 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6905 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6906 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6907 * the second byte is the IE length. 6908 * 6909 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6910 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6911 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6912 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6913 * element ID. 6914 * 6915 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6916 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6917 * byte array to match. 6918 */ 6919 static inline const u8 * 6920 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6921 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6922 unsigned int match_offset) 6923 { 6924 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6925 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6926 */ 6927 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6928 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6929 return NULL; 6930 6931 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6932 match, match_len, 6933 match_offset ? 6934 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6935 } 6936 6937 /** 6938 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6939 * 6940 * @eid: element ID 6941 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6942 * @len: length of data 6943 * 6944 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6945 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6946 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6947 * requested element struct. 6948 * 6949 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6950 * having to fit into the given data. 6951 */ 6952 static inline const struct element * 6953 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6954 { 6955 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6956 } 6957 6958 /** 6959 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6960 * 6961 * @eid: element ID 6962 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6963 * @len: length of data 6964 * 6965 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6966 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6967 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6968 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6969 * 6970 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6971 * having to fit into the given data. 6972 */ 6973 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6974 { 6975 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6976 } 6977 6978 /** 6979 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6980 * 6981 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6982 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6983 * @len: length of data 6984 * 6985 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 6986 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6987 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6988 * requested element struct. 6989 * 6990 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6991 * having to fit into the given data. 6992 */ 6993 static inline const struct element * 6994 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6995 { 6996 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6997 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6998 } 6999 7000 /** 7001 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7002 * 7003 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7004 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7005 * @len: length of data 7006 * 7007 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7008 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7009 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7010 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7011 * 7012 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7013 * having to fit into the given data. 7014 */ 7015 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7016 { 7017 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7018 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7019 } 7020 7021 /** 7022 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7023 * 7024 * @oui: vendor OUI 7025 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7026 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7027 * @len: length of data 7028 * 7029 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7030 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7031 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7032 * 7033 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7034 * the given data. 7035 */ 7036 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7037 const u8 *ies, 7038 unsigned int len); 7039 7040 /** 7041 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7042 * 7043 * @oui: vendor OUI 7044 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7045 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7046 * @len: length of data 7047 * 7048 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7049 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7050 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7051 * element ID. 7052 * 7053 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7054 * the given data. 7055 */ 7056 static inline const u8 * 7057 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7058 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7059 { 7060 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7061 } 7062 7063 /** 7064 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7065 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7066 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7067 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7068 */ 7069 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7070 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7071 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7072 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7073 }; 7074 7075 /** 7076 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7077 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7078 * their entries in 7079 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7080 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7081 * for the return value 7082 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7083 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7084 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7085 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7086 * or elements were malformed.) 7087 */ 7088 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7089 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7090 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7091 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7092 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7093 void *iter_data); 7094 7095 /** 7096 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7097 * 7098 * @elem: the element to defragment 7099 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7100 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7101 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7102 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7103 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7104 * 7105 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7106 * 7107 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7108 * skipping all headers. 7109 * 7110 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7111 * element in-place. 7112 */ 7113 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7114 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7115 u8 frag_id); 7116 7117 /** 7118 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7119 * 7120 * @dev: network device 7121 * @addr: STA MAC address 7122 * 7123 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7124 * devices upon STA association. 7125 */ 7126 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7127 7128 /** 7129 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7130 * 7131 * TODO 7132 */ 7133 7134 /** 7135 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7136 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7137 * conflicts) 7138 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7139 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7140 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7141 * alpha2. 7142 * 7143 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7144 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7145 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7146 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7147 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7148 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7149 * 7150 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7151 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7152 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7153 * 7154 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7155 * an -ENOMEM. 7156 * 7157 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7158 */ 7159 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7160 7161 /** 7162 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7163 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7164 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7165 * 7166 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7167 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7168 * information. 7169 * 7170 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7171 */ 7172 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7173 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7174 7175 /** 7176 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7177 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7178 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7179 * 7180 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7181 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7182 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7183 * 7184 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7185 */ 7186 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7187 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7188 7189 /** 7190 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7191 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7192 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7193 * 7194 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7195 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7196 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7197 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7198 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7199 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7200 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7201 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7202 * that called this helper. 7203 */ 7204 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7205 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7206 7207 /** 7208 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7209 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7210 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7211 * 7212 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7213 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7214 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7215 * and processed already. 7216 * 7217 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7218 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7219 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7220 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7221 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7222 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7223 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7224 */ 7225 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7226 u32 center_freq); 7227 7228 /** 7229 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7230 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7231 * 7232 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7233 * proper string representation. 7234 * 7235 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7236 */ 7237 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7238 7239 /** 7240 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7241 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7242 * 7243 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7244 * 7245 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7246 */ 7247 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7248 7249 /** 7250 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7251 * 7252 */ 7253 7254 /** 7255 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7256 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7257 * 7258 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7259 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7260 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7261 * 7262 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7263 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7264 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7265 * 7266 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7267 * an -ENODATA. 7268 * 7269 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7270 */ 7271 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7272 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7273 7274 /* 7275 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7276 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7277 */ 7278 7279 /** 7280 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7281 * 7282 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7283 * @info: information about the completed scan 7284 */ 7285 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7286 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7287 7288 /** 7289 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7290 * 7291 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7292 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7293 */ 7294 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7295 7296 /** 7297 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7298 * 7299 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7300 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7301 * 7302 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7303 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7304 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7305 */ 7306 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7307 7308 /** 7309 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7310 * 7311 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7312 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7313 * 7314 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7315 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7316 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7317 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7318 */ 7319 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7320 7321 /** 7322 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7323 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7324 * @data: the BSS metadata 7325 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7326 * @len: length of the management frame 7327 * @gfp: context flags 7328 * 7329 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7330 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7331 * 7332 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7333 * Or %NULL on error. 7334 */ 7335 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7336 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7337 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7338 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7339 gfp_t gfp); 7340 7341 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7342 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7343 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7344 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7345 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7346 { 7347 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7348 .chan = rx_channel, 7349 .signal = signal, 7350 }; 7351 7352 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7353 } 7354 7355 /** 7356 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7357 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7358 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7359 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7360 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7361 */ 7362 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7363 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7364 { 7365 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7366 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7367 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7368 7369 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7370 7371 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7372 7373 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7374 } 7375 7376 /** 7377 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7378 * @element: element to check 7379 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7380 * 7381 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7382 */ 7383 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7384 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7385 7386 /** 7387 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7388 * @ie: ies 7389 * @ielen: length of IEs 7390 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7391 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7392 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7393 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7394 * 7395 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7396 */ 7397 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7398 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7399 const struct element *sub_elem, 7400 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7401 7402 /** 7403 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7404 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7405 * from a beacon or probe response 7406 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7407 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7408 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7409 */ 7410 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7411 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7412 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7413 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7414 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7415 }; 7416 7417 /** 7418 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7419 * @ie: IEs 7420 * @ielen: length of IEs 7421 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7422 * 7423 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7424 */ 7425 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7426 enum nl80211_band band); 7427 7428 /** 7429 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7430 * @a: first SSID 7431 * @b: second SSID 7432 * 7433 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7434 */ 7435 static inline bool 7436 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7437 { 7438 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7439 return false; 7440 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7441 return false; 7442 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7443 } 7444 7445 /** 7446 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7447 * 7448 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7449 * @data: the BSS metadata 7450 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7451 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7452 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7453 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7454 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7455 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7456 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7457 * @gfp: context flags 7458 * 7459 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7460 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7461 * 7462 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7463 * Or %NULL on error. 7464 */ 7465 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7466 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7467 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7468 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7469 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7470 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7471 gfp_t gfp); 7472 7473 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7474 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7475 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7476 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7477 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7478 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7479 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7480 { 7481 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7482 .chan = rx_channel, 7483 .signal = signal, 7484 }; 7485 7486 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7487 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7488 gfp); 7489 } 7490 7491 /** 7492 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7493 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7494 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7495 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7496 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7497 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7498 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7499 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7500 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7501 * 7502 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7503 */ 7504 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7505 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7506 const u8 *bssid, 7507 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7508 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7509 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7510 u32 use_for); 7511 7512 /** 7513 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7514 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7515 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7516 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7517 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7518 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7519 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7520 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7521 * 7522 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7523 * 7524 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7525 */ 7526 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7527 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7528 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7529 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7530 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7531 { 7532 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7533 bss_type, privacy, 7534 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7535 } 7536 7537 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7538 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7539 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7540 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7541 { 7542 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7543 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7544 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7545 } 7546 7547 /** 7548 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7549 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7550 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7551 * 7552 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7553 */ 7554 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7555 7556 /** 7557 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7558 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7559 * @bss: the BSS struct 7560 * 7561 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7562 */ 7563 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7564 7565 /** 7566 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7567 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7568 * @bss: the bss to remove 7569 * 7570 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7571 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7572 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7573 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7574 */ 7575 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7576 7577 /** 7578 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7579 * 7580 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7581 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7582 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7583 * 7584 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7585 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7586 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7587 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7588 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7589 */ 7590 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7591 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7592 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7593 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7594 void *data), 7595 void *iter_data); 7596 7597 /** 7598 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7599 * @dev: network device 7600 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7601 * @len: length of the frame data 7602 * 7603 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7604 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7605 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7606 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7607 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7608 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7609 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7610 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7611 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7612 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7613 * 7614 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7615 */ 7616 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7617 7618 /** 7619 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7620 * @dev: network device 7621 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7622 * 7623 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7624 * mutex. 7625 */ 7626 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7627 7628 /** 7629 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7630 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7631 * @len: length of the frame data 7632 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7633 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7634 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7635 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7636 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7637 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7638 * non-MLO connections 7639 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7640 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7641 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7642 * were rejected by the AP. 7643 */ 7644 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7645 const u8 *buf; 7646 size_t len; 7647 const u8 *req_ies; 7648 size_t req_ies_len; 7649 int uapsd_queues; 7650 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7651 struct { 7652 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7653 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7654 u16 status; 7655 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7656 }; 7657 7658 /** 7659 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7660 * @dev: network device 7661 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7662 * 7663 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7664 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7665 * 7666 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7667 */ 7668 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7669 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7670 7671 /** 7672 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7673 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7674 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7675 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7676 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7677 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7678 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7679 */ 7680 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7681 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7682 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7683 bool timeout; 7684 }; 7685 7686 /** 7687 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7688 * @dev: network device 7689 * @data: data describing the association failure 7690 * 7691 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7692 */ 7693 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7694 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7695 7696 /** 7697 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7698 * @dev: network device 7699 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7700 * @len: length of the frame data 7701 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7702 * 7703 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7704 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7705 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7706 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7707 */ 7708 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7709 bool reconnect); 7710 7711 /** 7712 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7713 * @dev: network device 7714 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7715 * @len: length of the frame data 7716 * 7717 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7718 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7719 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7720 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7721 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7722 * 7723 * This function may sleep. 7724 */ 7725 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7726 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7727 7728 /** 7729 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7730 * @dev: network device 7731 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7732 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7733 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7734 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7735 * @gfp: allocation flags 7736 * 7737 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7738 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7739 * primitive. 7740 */ 7741 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7742 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7743 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7744 7745 /** 7746 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7747 * 7748 * @dev: network device 7749 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7750 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7751 * @gfp: allocation flags 7752 * 7753 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7754 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7755 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7756 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7757 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7758 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7759 */ 7760 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7761 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7762 7763 /** 7764 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7765 * candidate 7766 * 7767 * @dev: network device 7768 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7769 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7770 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7771 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7772 * @gfp: allocation flags 7773 * 7774 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7775 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7776 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7777 */ 7778 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7779 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7780 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7781 7782 /** 7783 * DOC: RFkill integration 7784 * 7785 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7786 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7787 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7788 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 7789 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7790 * 7791 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7792 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7793 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7794 */ 7795 7796 /** 7797 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7798 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7799 * @blocked: block status 7800 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7801 */ 7802 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7803 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7804 7805 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7806 { 7807 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7808 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7809 } 7810 7811 /** 7812 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7813 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7814 */ 7815 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7816 7817 /** 7818 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7819 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7820 */ 7821 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7822 { 7823 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7824 } 7825 7826 /** 7827 * DOC: Vendor commands 7828 * 7829 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7830 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7831 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7832 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7833 * the configuration mechanism. 7834 * 7835 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7836 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 7837 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7838 * 7839 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7840 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7841 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7842 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7843 * managers etc. need. 7844 */ 7845 7846 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7847 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7848 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7849 int approxlen); 7850 7851 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7852 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7853 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7854 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7855 unsigned int portid, 7856 int vendor_event_idx, 7857 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7858 7859 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7860 7861 /** 7862 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7863 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7864 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7865 * be put into the skb 7866 * 7867 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7868 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7869 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7870 * 7871 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7872 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7873 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7875 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7876 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7877 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7878 * 7879 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7880 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7881 * 7882 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7883 */ 7884 static inline struct sk_buff * 7885 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7886 { 7887 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7888 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7889 } 7890 7891 /** 7892 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7893 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7894 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7895 * 7896 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7897 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7898 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7899 * skb regardless of the return value. 7900 * 7901 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7902 */ 7903 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7904 7905 /** 7906 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7907 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7908 * 7909 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7910 * 7911 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 7912 */ 7913 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7914 7915 /** 7916 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7917 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7918 * @wdev: the wireless device 7919 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7920 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7921 * be put into the skb 7922 * @gfp: allocation flags 7923 * 7924 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7925 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7926 * 7927 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7928 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7929 * attribute. 7930 * 7931 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7932 * skb to send the event. 7933 * 7934 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7935 */ 7936 static inline struct sk_buff * 7937 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7938 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7939 { 7940 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7941 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7942 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7943 } 7944 7945 /** 7946 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7947 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7948 * @wdev: the wireless device 7949 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7950 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7951 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7952 * be put into the skb 7953 * @gfp: allocation flags 7954 * 7955 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7956 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7957 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7958 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7959 * 7960 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7961 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7962 * attribute. 7963 * 7964 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7965 * skb to send the event. 7966 * 7967 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7968 */ 7969 static inline struct sk_buff * 7970 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7971 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7972 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7973 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7974 { 7975 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7976 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7977 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7978 } 7979 7980 /** 7981 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7982 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7983 * @gfp: allocation flags 7984 * 7985 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7986 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7987 */ 7988 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7989 { 7990 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7991 } 7992 7993 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7994 /** 7995 * DOC: Test mode 7996 * 7997 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7998 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7999 * factory programming. 8000 * 8001 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8002 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8003 */ 8004 8005 /** 8006 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8007 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8008 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8009 * be put into the skb 8010 * 8011 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8012 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8013 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8014 * 8015 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8016 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8017 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8018 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8019 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8020 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8021 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8022 * 8023 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8024 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8025 * 8026 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8027 */ 8028 static inline struct sk_buff * 8029 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8030 { 8031 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8032 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8033 } 8034 8035 /** 8036 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8037 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8038 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8039 * 8040 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8041 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8042 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8043 * regardless of the return value. 8044 * 8045 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8046 */ 8047 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8048 { 8049 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8050 } 8051 8052 /** 8053 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8054 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8055 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8056 * be put into the skb 8057 * @gfp: allocation flags 8058 * 8059 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8060 * testmode multicast group. 8061 * 8062 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8063 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8064 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8065 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8066 * in any other way. 8067 * 8068 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8069 * skb to send the event. 8070 * 8071 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8072 */ 8073 static inline struct sk_buff * 8074 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8075 { 8076 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8077 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8078 approxlen, gfp); 8079 } 8080 8081 /** 8082 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8083 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8084 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8085 * @gfp: allocation flags 8086 * 8087 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8088 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8089 * consumes it. 8090 */ 8091 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8092 { 8093 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8094 } 8095 8096 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8097 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8098 #else 8099 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8100 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8101 #endif 8102 8103 /** 8104 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8105 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8106 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8107 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8108 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8109 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8110 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8111 * status for a FILS connection. 8112 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8113 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8114 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8115 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8116 */ 8117 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8118 const u8 *kek; 8119 size_t kek_len; 8120 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8121 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8122 const u8 *pmk; 8123 size_t pmk_len; 8124 const u8 *pmkid; 8125 }; 8126 8127 /** 8128 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8129 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8130 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8131 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8132 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8133 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8134 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8135 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8136 * case. 8137 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8138 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8139 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8140 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8141 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8142 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8143 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8144 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8145 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8146 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8147 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8148 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8149 * zero. 8150 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8151 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8152 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8153 * connected AP info. 8154 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8155 * %NULL. 8156 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8157 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8158 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8159 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8160 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8161 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8162 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8163 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8164 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8165 * to be specified. 8166 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8167 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8168 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8169 */ 8170 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8171 int status; 8172 const u8 *req_ie; 8173 size_t req_ie_len; 8174 const u8 *resp_ie; 8175 size_t resp_ie_len; 8176 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8177 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8178 8179 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8180 u16 valid_links; 8181 struct { 8182 const u8 *addr; 8183 const u8 *bssid; 8184 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8185 u16 status; 8186 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8187 }; 8188 8189 /** 8190 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8191 * 8192 * @dev: network device 8193 * @params: connection response parameters 8194 * @gfp: allocation flags 8195 * 8196 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8197 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8198 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8199 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8200 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8201 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8202 */ 8203 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8204 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8205 gfp_t gfp); 8206 8207 /** 8208 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8209 * 8210 * @dev: network device 8211 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8212 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8213 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8214 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8215 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8216 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8217 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8218 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8219 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8220 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8221 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8222 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8223 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8224 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8225 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8226 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8227 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8228 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8229 * case. 8230 * @gfp: allocation flags 8231 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8232 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8233 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8234 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8235 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8236 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8237 * 8238 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8239 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8240 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8241 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8242 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8243 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8244 */ 8245 static inline void 8246 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8247 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8248 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8249 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8250 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8251 { 8252 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8253 8254 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8255 params.status = status; 8256 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8257 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8258 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8259 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8260 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8261 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8262 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8263 8264 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8265 } 8266 8267 /** 8268 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8269 * 8270 * @dev: network device 8271 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8272 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8273 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8274 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8275 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8276 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8277 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8278 * the real status code for failures. 8279 * @gfp: allocation flags 8280 * 8281 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8282 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8283 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8284 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8285 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8286 */ 8287 static inline void 8288 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8289 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8290 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8291 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8292 { 8293 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8294 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8295 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8296 } 8297 8298 /** 8299 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8300 * 8301 * @dev: network device 8302 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8303 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8304 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8305 * @gfp: allocation flags 8306 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8307 * 8308 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8309 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8310 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8311 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8312 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8313 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8314 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8315 */ 8316 static inline void 8317 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8318 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8319 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8320 { 8321 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8322 gfp, timeout_reason); 8323 } 8324 8325 /** 8326 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8327 * 8328 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8329 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8330 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8331 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8332 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8333 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8334 * Otherwise zero. 8335 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8336 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8337 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8338 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8339 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8340 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8341 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8342 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8343 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8344 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8345 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8346 */ 8347 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8348 const u8 *req_ie; 8349 size_t req_ie_len; 8350 const u8 *resp_ie; 8351 size_t resp_ie_len; 8352 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8353 8354 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8355 u16 valid_links; 8356 struct { 8357 const u8 *addr; 8358 const u8 *bssid; 8359 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8360 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8361 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8362 }; 8363 8364 /** 8365 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8366 * 8367 * @dev: network device 8368 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8369 * @gfp: allocation flags 8370 * 8371 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8372 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8373 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8374 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8375 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8376 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8377 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8378 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8379 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8380 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8381 */ 8382 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8383 gfp_t gfp); 8384 8385 /** 8386 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8387 * 8388 * @dev: network device 8389 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8390 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8391 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8392 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8393 * @gfp: allocation flags 8394 * 8395 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8396 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8397 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8398 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8399 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8400 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8401 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8402 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8403 * associated STA/GC. 8404 */ 8405 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8406 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8407 8408 /** 8409 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8410 * 8411 * @dev: network device 8412 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8413 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8414 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8415 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8416 * @gfp: allocation flags 8417 * 8418 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8419 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8420 */ 8421 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8422 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8423 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8424 8425 /** 8426 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8427 * @wdev: wireless device 8428 * @cookie: the request cookie 8429 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8430 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8431 * channel 8432 * @gfp: allocation flags 8433 */ 8434 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8435 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8436 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8437 8438 /** 8439 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8440 * @wdev: wireless device 8441 * @cookie: the request cookie 8442 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8443 * @gfp: allocation flags 8444 */ 8445 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8446 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8447 gfp_t gfp); 8448 8449 /** 8450 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8451 * @wdev: wireless device 8452 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8453 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8454 * @gfp: allocation flags 8455 */ 8456 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8457 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8458 8459 /** 8460 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8461 * 8462 * @sinfo: the station information 8463 * @gfp: allocation flags 8464 * 8465 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8466 */ 8467 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8468 8469 /** 8470 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8471 * @sinfo: the station information 8472 * 8473 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8474 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8475 * the stack.) 8476 */ 8477 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8478 { 8479 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8480 } 8481 8482 /** 8483 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8484 * 8485 * @dev: the netdev 8486 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8487 * @sinfo: the station information 8488 * @gfp: allocation flags 8489 */ 8490 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8491 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8492 8493 /** 8494 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8495 * @dev: the netdev 8496 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8497 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8498 * @gfp: allocation flags 8499 */ 8500 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8501 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8502 8503 /** 8504 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8505 * 8506 * @dev: the netdev 8507 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8508 * @gfp: allocation flags 8509 */ 8510 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8511 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8512 { 8513 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8514 } 8515 8516 /** 8517 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8518 * 8519 * @dev: the netdev 8520 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8521 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8522 * @gfp: allocation flags 8523 * 8524 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8525 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8526 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8527 * 8528 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8529 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8530 */ 8531 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8532 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8533 gfp_t gfp); 8534 8535 /** 8536 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8537 * 8538 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8539 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8540 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8541 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8542 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8543 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8544 * @len: length of the frame data 8545 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8546 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8547 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8548 */ 8549 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8550 int freq; 8551 int sig_dbm; 8552 bool have_link_id; 8553 u8 link_id; 8554 const u8 *buf; 8555 size_t len; 8556 u32 flags; 8557 u64 rx_tstamp; 8558 u64 ack_tstamp; 8559 }; 8560 8561 /** 8562 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8563 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8564 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8565 * 8566 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8567 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8568 * 8569 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8570 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8571 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8572 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8573 */ 8574 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8575 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8576 8577 /** 8578 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8579 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8580 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8581 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8582 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8583 * @len: length of the frame data 8584 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8585 * 8586 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8587 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8588 * 8589 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8590 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8591 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8592 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8593 */ 8594 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8595 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8596 u32 flags) 8597 { 8598 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8599 .freq = freq, 8600 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8601 .buf = buf, 8602 .len = len, 8603 .flags = flags 8604 }; 8605 8606 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8607 } 8608 8609 /** 8610 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8611 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8612 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8613 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8614 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8615 * @len: length of the frame data 8616 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8617 * 8618 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8619 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8620 * 8621 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8622 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8623 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8624 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8625 */ 8626 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8627 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8628 u32 flags) 8629 { 8630 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8631 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8632 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8633 .buf = buf, 8634 .len = len, 8635 .flags = flags 8636 }; 8637 8638 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8639 } 8640 8641 /** 8642 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8643 * 8644 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8645 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8646 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8647 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8648 * @len: length of the frame data 8649 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8650 */ 8651 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8652 u64 cookie; 8653 u64 tx_tstamp; 8654 u64 ack_tstamp; 8655 const u8 *buf; 8656 size_t len; 8657 bool ack; 8658 }; 8659 8660 /** 8661 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8662 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8663 * @status: TX status data 8664 * @gfp: context flags 8665 * 8666 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8667 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8668 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8669 */ 8670 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8671 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8672 8673 /** 8674 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8675 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8676 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8677 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8678 * @len: length of the frame data 8679 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8680 * @gfp: context flags 8681 * 8682 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8683 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8684 * transmission attempt. 8685 */ 8686 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8687 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8688 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8689 { 8690 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8691 .cookie = cookie, 8692 .buf = buf, 8693 .len = len, 8694 .ack = ack 8695 }; 8696 8697 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8698 } 8699 8700 /** 8701 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8702 * port frames 8703 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8704 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8705 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8706 * @len: length of the frame data 8707 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8708 * @gfp: context flags 8709 * 8710 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8711 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8712 * the transmission attempt. 8713 */ 8714 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8715 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8716 gfp_t gfp); 8717 8718 /** 8719 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8720 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8721 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8722 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8723 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8724 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8725 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8726 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8727 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8728 * 8729 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8730 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8731 * control port frames over nl80211. 8732 * 8733 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8734 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8735 * 8736 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8737 */ 8738 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8739 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8740 8741 /** 8742 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8743 * @dev: network device 8744 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8745 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8746 * @gfp: context flags 8747 * 8748 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8749 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8750 */ 8751 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8752 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8753 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8754 8755 /** 8756 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8757 * @dev: network device 8758 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8759 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8760 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8761 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8762 * @gfp: context flags 8763 */ 8764 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8765 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8766 8767 /** 8768 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8769 * @dev: network device 8770 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8771 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8772 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8773 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8774 * @gfp: context flags 8775 * 8776 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8777 * given interval is exceeded. 8778 */ 8779 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8780 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8781 8782 /** 8783 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8784 * @dev: network device 8785 * @gfp: context flags 8786 * 8787 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8788 */ 8789 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8790 8791 /** 8792 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8793 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8794 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8795 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8796 * @gfp: context flags 8797 * 8798 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8799 */ 8800 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8801 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8802 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8803 8804 static inline void 8805 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8806 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8807 gfp_t gfp) 8808 { 8809 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8810 } 8811 8812 static inline void 8813 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8814 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8815 gfp_t gfp) 8816 { 8817 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8818 } 8819 8820 /** 8821 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8822 * @dev: network device 8823 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8824 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8825 * @gfp: context flags 8826 * 8827 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8828 * frame. 8829 */ 8830 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8831 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8832 gfp_t gfp); 8833 8834 /** 8835 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8836 * @netdev: network device 8837 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8838 * @event: type of event 8839 * @gfp: context flags 8840 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 8841 * 8842 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8843 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8844 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8845 */ 8846 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8847 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8848 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 8849 unsigned int link_id); 8850 8851 /** 8852 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8853 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8854 * 8855 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 8856 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 8857 */ 8858 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8859 8860 /** 8861 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 8862 * @dev: network device 8863 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 8864 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 8865 * @gfp: allocation flags 8866 */ 8867 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8868 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 8869 8870 /** 8871 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 8872 * @dev: network device 8873 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 8874 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 8875 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 8876 * @gfp: allocation flags 8877 */ 8878 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 8879 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 8880 8881 /** 8882 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 8883 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8884 * @addr: the transmitter address 8885 * @gfp: context flags 8886 * 8887 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8888 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 8889 * sender. 8890 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8891 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8892 */ 8893 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8894 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8895 8896 /** 8897 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 8898 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8899 * @addr: the transmitter address 8900 * @gfp: context flags 8901 * 8902 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 8903 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 8904 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 8905 * station to avoid event flooding. 8906 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 8907 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 8908 */ 8909 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 8910 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 8911 8912 /** 8913 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 8914 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 8915 * @addr: the address of the peer 8916 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 8917 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 8918 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 8919 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 8920 * @gfp: allocation flags 8921 */ 8922 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8923 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 8924 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 8925 8926 /** 8927 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 8928 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8929 * @frame: the frame 8930 * @len: length of the frame 8931 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 8932 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8933 * 8934 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8935 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8936 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8937 */ 8938 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8939 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8940 8941 /** 8942 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8943 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8944 * @frame: the frame 8945 * @len: length of the frame 8946 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8947 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8948 * 8949 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8950 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8951 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8952 */ 8953 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8954 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8955 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8956 { 8957 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8958 sig_dbm); 8959 } 8960 8961 /** 8962 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 8963 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 8964 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 8965 * interface connected already on the same channel) 8966 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 8967 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 8968 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 8969 */ 8970 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 8971 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 8972 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 8973 bool relax; 8974 }; 8975 8976 /** 8977 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 8978 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8979 * @chandef: the channel definition 8980 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 8981 * 8982 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8983 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8984 */ 8985 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8986 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8987 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 8988 8989 /** 8990 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8991 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8992 * @chandef: the channel definition 8993 * @iftype: interface type 8994 * 8995 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8996 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8997 */ 8998 static inline bool 8999 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9000 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9001 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9002 { 9003 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9004 .iftype = iftype, 9005 }; 9006 9007 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9008 } 9009 9010 /** 9011 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9012 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9013 * @chandef: the channel definition 9014 * @iftype: interface type 9015 * 9016 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9017 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9018 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9019 * more permissive conditions. 9020 * 9021 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9022 */ 9023 static inline bool 9024 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9025 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9026 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9027 { 9028 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9029 .iftype = iftype, 9030 .relax = true, 9031 }; 9032 9033 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9034 } 9035 9036 /** 9037 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9038 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9039 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9040 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9041 * 9042 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9043 * driver context! 9044 */ 9045 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9046 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9047 unsigned int link_id); 9048 9049 /** 9050 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9051 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9052 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9053 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9054 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9055 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9056 * 9057 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9058 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9059 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9060 */ 9061 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9062 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9063 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9064 bool quiet); 9065 9066 /** 9067 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9068 * 9069 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9070 * @band: band pointer to fill 9071 * 9072 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9073 */ 9074 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9075 enum nl80211_band *band); 9076 9077 /** 9078 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9079 * 9080 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9081 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9082 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9083 * 9084 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9085 */ 9086 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9087 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9088 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9089 9090 /** 9091 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9092 * 9093 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9094 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9095 * 9096 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9097 */ 9098 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9099 u8 *op_class); 9100 9101 /** 9102 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9103 * 9104 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9105 * 9106 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9107 */ 9108 static inline u32 9109 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9110 { 9111 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9112 } 9113 9114 /** 9115 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9116 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9117 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9118 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9119 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9120 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9121 * @gfp: allocation flags 9122 * 9123 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9124 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9125 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9126 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9127 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9128 */ 9129 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9130 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9131 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9132 9133 /** 9134 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9135 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9136 * 9137 * Return: calculated bitrate 9138 */ 9139 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9140 9141 /** 9142 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9143 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9144 * 9145 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9146 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9147 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9148 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9149 * is unbound from the driver. 9150 * 9151 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9152 */ 9153 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9154 9155 /** 9156 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9157 * @dev: the netdev to register 9158 * 9159 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9160 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9161 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9162 * instead as well. 9163 * 9164 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9165 * 9166 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9167 */ 9168 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9169 9170 /** 9171 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9172 * @dev: the netdev to register 9173 * 9174 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9175 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9176 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9177 * usable instead as well. 9178 * 9179 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9180 */ 9181 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9182 { 9183 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9184 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9185 #endif 9186 } 9187 9188 /** 9189 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9190 * @ies: FT IEs 9191 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9192 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9193 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9194 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9195 */ 9196 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9197 const u8 *ies; 9198 size_t ies_len; 9199 const u8 *target_ap; 9200 const u8 *ric_ies; 9201 size_t ric_ies_len; 9202 }; 9203 9204 /** 9205 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9206 * @netdev: network device 9207 * @ft_event: IE information 9208 */ 9209 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9210 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9211 9212 /** 9213 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9214 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9215 * @len: the input length 9216 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9217 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9218 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9219 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9220 * 9221 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9222 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9223 * 9224 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9225 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9226 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9227 */ 9228 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9229 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9230 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9231 9232 /** 9233 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9234 * @ies: the IE buffer 9235 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9236 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9237 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9238 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9239 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9240 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9241 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9242 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9243 * 9244 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9245 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9246 * split. 9247 * 9248 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9249 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9250 * 9251 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9252 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9253 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9254 * 9255 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9256 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9257 * used. 9258 */ 9259 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9260 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9261 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9262 size_t offset); 9263 9264 /** 9265 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9266 * @ies: the IE buffer 9267 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9268 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9269 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9270 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9271 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9272 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9273 * 9274 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9275 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9276 * split. 9277 * 9278 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9279 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9280 * 9281 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9282 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9283 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9284 * 9285 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9286 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9287 * used. 9288 */ 9289 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9290 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9291 { 9292 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9293 } 9294 9295 /** 9296 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9297 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9298 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9299 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9300 * 9301 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9302 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9303 * accordingly. 9304 */ 9305 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9306 9307 /** 9308 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9309 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9310 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9311 * @gfp: allocation flags 9312 * 9313 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9314 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9315 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9316 * else caused the wakeup. 9317 */ 9318 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9319 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9320 gfp_t gfp); 9321 9322 /** 9323 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9324 * 9325 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9326 * @gfp: allocation flags 9327 * 9328 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9329 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9330 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9331 */ 9332 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9333 9334 /** 9335 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9336 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9337 * 9338 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9339 */ 9340 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9341 9342 /** 9343 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9344 * 9345 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9346 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9347 * 9348 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9349 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9350 * the interface combinations. 9351 * 9352 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9353 */ 9354 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9355 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9356 9357 /** 9358 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9359 * 9360 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9361 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9362 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9363 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9364 * 9365 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9366 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9367 * purposes. 9368 * 9369 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9370 */ 9371 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9372 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9373 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9374 void *data), 9375 void *data); 9376 9377 /** 9378 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9379 * 9380 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9381 * @wdev: wireless device 9382 * @gfp: context flags 9383 * 9384 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9385 * disconnected. 9386 * 9387 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9388 */ 9389 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9390 gfp_t gfp); 9391 9392 /** 9393 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9394 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9395 * 9396 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9397 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9398 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9399 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9400 * 9401 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9402 * the driver while the function is running. 9403 */ 9404 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9405 9406 /** 9407 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9408 * 9409 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9410 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9411 * 9412 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9413 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9414 */ 9415 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9416 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9417 { 9418 u8 *ft_byte; 9419 9420 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9421 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9422 } 9423 9424 /** 9425 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9426 * 9427 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9428 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9429 * 9430 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9431 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9432 * 9433 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9434 */ 9435 static inline bool 9436 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9437 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9438 { 9439 u8 ft_byte; 9440 9441 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9442 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9443 } 9444 9445 /** 9446 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9447 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9448 * 9449 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9450 */ 9451 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9452 9453 /** 9454 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9455 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9456 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9457 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9458 * result. 9459 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9460 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9461 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9462 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9463 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9464 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9465 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9466 */ 9467 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9468 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9469 u8 inst_id; 9470 u8 peer_inst_id; 9471 const u8 *addr; 9472 u8 info_len; 9473 const u8 *info; 9474 u64 cookie; 9475 }; 9476 9477 /** 9478 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9479 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9480 * @match: match notification parameters 9481 * @gfp: allocation flags 9482 * 9483 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9484 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9485 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9486 */ 9487 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9488 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9489 9490 /** 9491 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9492 * 9493 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9494 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9495 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9496 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9497 * @gfp: allocation flags 9498 * 9499 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9500 */ 9501 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9502 u8 inst_id, 9503 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9504 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9505 9506 /* ethtool helper */ 9507 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9508 9509 /** 9510 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9511 * @netdev: network device 9512 * @params: External authentication parameters 9513 * @gfp: allocation flags 9514 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9515 */ 9516 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9517 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9518 gfp_t gfp); 9519 9520 /** 9521 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9522 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9523 * @req: the original measurement request 9524 * @result: the result data 9525 * @gfp: allocation flags 9526 */ 9527 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9528 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9529 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9530 gfp_t gfp); 9531 9532 /** 9533 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9534 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9535 * @req: the original measurement request 9536 * @gfp: allocation flags 9537 * 9538 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9539 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9540 */ 9541 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9542 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9543 gfp_t gfp); 9544 9545 /** 9546 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9547 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9548 * @iftype: interface type 9549 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9550 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9551 * 9552 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9553 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9554 * check_swif is '1'. 9555 * 9556 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9557 */ 9558 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9559 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9560 9561 9562 /** 9563 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9564 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9565 * @netdev: network device 9566 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9567 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9568 * 9569 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9570 */ 9571 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9572 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9573 9574 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9575 9576 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9577 9578 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9579 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9580 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9581 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9582 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9583 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9584 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9585 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9586 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9587 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9588 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9589 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9590 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9591 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9592 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9593 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9594 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9595 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9596 9597 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9598 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9599 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9600 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9601 9602 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9603 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9604 9605 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9606 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9607 9608 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9609 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9610 #else 9611 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9612 ({ \ 9613 if (0) \ 9614 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9615 0; \ 9616 }) 9617 #endif 9618 9619 /* 9620 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9621 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9622 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9623 */ 9624 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9625 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9626 9627 /** 9628 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9629 * @netdev: network device 9630 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9631 * @gfp: allocation flags 9632 */ 9633 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9634 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9635 gfp_t gfp); 9636 9637 /** 9638 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9639 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9640 */ 9641 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9642 9643 /** 9644 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9645 * @dev: network device 9646 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9647 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9648 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9649 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9650 * 9651 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9652 */ 9653 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9654 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9655 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 9656 9657 /** 9658 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9659 * @dev: network device 9660 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9661 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9662 * 9663 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9664 */ 9665 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9666 u64 color_bitmap, 9667 u8 link_id) 9668 { 9669 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9670 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 9671 } 9672 9673 /** 9674 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9675 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9676 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9677 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9678 * 9679 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9680 * 9681 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9682 */ 9683 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9684 u8 count, u8 link_id) 9685 { 9686 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9687 count, 0, link_id); 9688 } 9689 9690 /** 9691 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9692 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9693 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9694 * 9695 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9696 * 9697 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9698 */ 9699 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9700 u8 link_id) 9701 { 9702 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9703 0, 0, link_id); 9704 } 9705 9706 /** 9707 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9708 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9709 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9710 * 9711 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9712 * 9713 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9714 */ 9715 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9716 u8 link_id) 9717 { 9718 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9719 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9720 0, 0, link_id); 9721 } 9722 9723 /** 9724 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9725 * @dev: network device. 9726 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9727 * 9728 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9729 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9730 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9731 * case disconnect instead. 9732 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9733 */ 9734 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9735 9736 /** 9737 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 9738 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 9739 * @len: length of the frame data 9740 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 9741 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 9742 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 9743 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 9744 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 9745 * 9746 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 9747 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 9748 */ 9749 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 9750 const u8 *buf; 9751 size_t len; 9752 u16 added_links; 9753 struct { 9754 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9755 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9756 }; 9757 9758 /** 9759 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 9760 * @dev: network device. 9761 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 9762 * 9763 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 9764 * request to add links to the association is done. 9765 */ 9766 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 9767 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 9768 9769 /** 9770 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 9771 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 9772 * 9773 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 9774 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 9775 * hold anymore. 9776 */ 9777 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9778 9779 /** 9780 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 9781 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 9782 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 9783 */ 9784 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 9785 9786 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 9787 /** 9788 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 9789 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9790 * @file: the file being read 9791 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 9792 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9793 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 9794 * @count: read count 9795 * @ppos: read position 9796 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9797 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 9798 * 9799 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 9800 */ 9801 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9802 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9803 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9804 loff_t *ppos, 9805 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9806 struct file *file, 9807 char *buf, 9808 size_t bufsize, 9809 void *data), 9810 void *data); 9811 9812 /** 9813 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 9814 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9815 * @file: the file being written to 9816 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 9817 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9818 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 9819 * @count: read count 9820 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9821 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 9822 * 9823 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 9824 */ 9825 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9826 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9827 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9828 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9829 struct file *file, 9830 char *buf, 9831 size_t count, 9832 void *data), 9833 void *data); 9834 #endif 9835 9836 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9837